HTML doc fixes.

stopcriterion
Salvatore Filippone 8 years ago
parent 1e00bb73f5
commit 79922b5939

@ -23,18 +23,18 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html23"
<A NAME="tex2html24"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up_g.png">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev_g.png">
<A NAME="tex2html21"
<A NAME="tex2html22"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html24"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html25"
HREF="node1.html">Abstract</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html22"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html23"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
@ -90,74 +90,78 @@ July 31, 2017
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
HREF="node1.html">Abstract</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A>
HREF="node1.html">Abstract</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
HREF="node3.html">General Overview</A>
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
HREF="node4.html">Code Distribution</A>
HREF="node3.html">General Overview</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
HREF="node4.html">Code Distribution</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
HREF="node6.html">Prerequisites</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
HREF="node7.html">Optional third party libraries</A>
HREF="node6.html">Prerequisites</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
HREF="node8.html">Configuration options</A>
HREF="node7.html">Optional third party libraries</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
HREF="node9.html">Bug reporting</A>
HREF="node8.html">Configuration options</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
HREF="node9.html">Bug reporting</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
HREF="node10.html">Example and test programs</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
HREF="node11.html">Multigrid Background</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
HREF="node12.html">AMG preconditioners</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
HREF="node13.html">Getting Started</A>
<UL>
HREF="node12.html">AMG preconditioners</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
HREF="node14.html">Examples</A>
HREF="node13.html">Smoothed Aggregation</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
HREF="node14.html">Smoothers and coarsest-level solvers</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
HREF="node16.html">Subroutine init</A>
HREF="node15.html">Getting Started</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
HREF="node17.html">Subroutine set</A>
HREF="node16.html">Examples</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine build</A>
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine init</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html44"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine set</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html45"
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine apply</A>
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html46"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine free</A>
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html47"
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine descr</A>
</UL>
<BR>
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html48"
HREF="node24.html">Adding new smoother and solver objects to MLD2P4</A>
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine apply</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html49"
HREF="node25.html">Error Handling</A>
HREF="node24.html">Subroutine free</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
HREF="node26.html">License</A>
HREF="node25.html">Subroutine descr</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
HREF="node27.html">Bibliography</A>
HREF="node26.html">Adding new smoother and solver objects to MLD2P4</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html52"
HREF="node28.html">About this document ...</A>
HREF="node27.html">Error Handling</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html53"
HREF="node28.html">License</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html54"
HREF="node29.html">Bibliography</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html55"
HREF="node30.html">About this document ...</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<BR><HR>

@ -26,26 +26,26 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html63"
<A NAME="tex2html66"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html59"
<A NAME="tex2html62"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html53"
<A NAME="tex2html56"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html61"
<A NAME="tex2html64"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html64"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html67"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html60"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html63"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html54"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html57"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html62"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html65"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
@ -92,26 +92,26 @@ the user interface of MLD2P4.
</FONT></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html63"
<A NAME="tex2html66"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html59"
<A NAME="tex2html62"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html53"
<A NAME="tex2html56"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html61"
<A NAME="tex2html64"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html64"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html67"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html60"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html63"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html54"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html57"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html62"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html65"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -25,26 +25,26 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html197"
<A NAME="tex2html202"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html193"
<A NAME="tex2html198"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html189"
<A NAME="tex2html194"
HREF="node9.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html195"
<A NAME="tex2html200"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html198"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html203"
HREF="node11.html">Multigrid Background</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html194"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html199"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html190"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html195"
HREF="node9.html">Bug reporting</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html196"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html201"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>

@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node13.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node5.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="userhtml.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node12.html">
@ -26,26 +26,26 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html209"
<A NAME="tex2html214"
HREF="node12.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html205"
<A NAME="tex2html210"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html199"
<A NAME="tex2html204"
HREF="node10.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html207"
<A NAME="tex2html212"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html210"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html215"
HREF="node12.html">AMG preconditioners</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html206"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html211"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html200"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html205"
HREF="node10.html">Example and test programs</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html208"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html213"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
@ -55,47 +55,51 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BR>
Multigrid Background
</H1><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Multigrid preconditioners, coupled with Krylov iterative solvers, are widely used in the parallel solution of large and sparse linear systems, because of their optimality in the solution of linear systems arising from the discretization of scalar elliptic Partial Differential Equations (PDEs) on regular grids. Optimality, also known as algorithmic scalability, is the property of having a computational cost per iteration that depends linearly on the problem size, and a convergence rate that is independent of the problem size. Multigrid preconditioners are based on a recursive application of a two-grid process consisting of smoother iterations and a coarse-space (or coarse-level) correction. The smoothers may be either basic iterative methods, such as the Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel ones, or more complex subspace-correction methods, such as the Schwarz ones. The coarse-space correction consists of solving, in an appropriately chosen coarse space, the residual equation associated with the approximate solution computed by the smoother, and of using the solution of this equation to correct the previous approximation. The transfer of information between the original (fine) space and the coarse one is performed by using suitable restriction and prolongation operators. The construction of the coarse space and the corresponding transfer operators is carried out by applying a so-called coarsening algorithm to the system matrix. Two main approaches can be used to perform coarsening: the geometric approach, which exploits the knowledge of some physical grid associated with the matrix and requires the user to define transfer operators from the fine to the coarse level and vice versa, and the algebraic approach, which builds the coarse-space correction and the associate transfer operators using only matrix information. The first approach may be difficult when the system comes from discretizations on complex geometries; furthermore, ad hoc one-level smoothers may be required to get an efficient interplay between fine and coarse levels, e.g., when matrices with highly varying coefficients are considered. The second approach performs a fully automatic coarsening and enforces the interplay between fine and coarse level by suitably choosing the coarse space and the coarse-to-fine interpolation (see, e.g., [<A
HREF="node27.html#Briggs2000">3</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#Stuben_01">23</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#dd2_96">21</A>] for details.) MLD2P4 uses a pure algebraic approach, based on the smoothed aggregation algorithm [<A
HREF="node27.html#BREZINA_VANEK">2</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>], for building the sequence of coarse matrices and transfer operators, starting from the original one. A decoupled version of this algorithm is implemented, where the smoothed aggregation is applied locally to each submatrix [<A
HREF="node27.html#TUMINARO_TONG">24</A>]. A brief description of the AMG preconditioners implemented in MLD2P4 is given in Sections&nbsp;<A HREF="node12.html#sec:multilevel">4.1</A>-<A HREF="#sec:smoothers">4.3</A>. For further details the reader is referred to [<A
HREF="node27.html#para_04">4</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#aaecc_07">5</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#apnum_07">7</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#MLD2P4_TOMS">8</A>]. We note that optimal multigrid preconditioners do not necessarily correspond to minimum execution times in a parallel setting. Indeed, to obtain effective parallel multigrid preconditioners, a tradeoff between the optimality and the cost of building and applying the smoothers and the coarse-space corrections must be achieved. Effective parallel preconditioners require algorithmic scalability to be coupled with implementation scalability, i.e., a computational cost per iteration which remains (almost) constant as the number of parallel processors increases. </FONT></FONT></FONT>
HREF="node29.html#Briggs2000">3</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#Stuben_01">23</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#dd2_96">21</A>] for details.) MLD2P4 uses a pure algebraic approach, based on the smoothed aggregation algorithm [<A
HREF="node29.html#BREZINA_VANEK">2</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>], for building the sequence of coarse matrices and transfer operators, starting from the original one. A decoupled version of this algorithm is implemented, where the smoothed aggregation is applied locally to each submatrix [<A
HREF="node29.html#TUMINARO_TONG">24</A>]. A brief description of the AMG preconditioners implemented in MLD2P4 is given in Sections&nbsp;<A HREF="node12.html#sec:multilevel">4.1</A>-<A HREF="node14.html#sec:smoothers">4.3</A>. For further details the reader is referred to [<A
HREF="node29.html#para_04">4</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#aaecc_07">5</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#apnum_07">7</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#MLD2P4_TOMS">8</A>]. We note that optimal multigrid preconditioners do not necessarily correspond to minimum execution times in a parallel setting. Indeed, to obtain effective parallel multigrid preconditioners, a tradeoff between the optimality and the cost of building and applying the smoothers and the coarse-space corrections must be achieved. Effective parallel preconditioners require algorithmic scalability to be coupled with implementation scalability, i.e., a computational cost per iteration which remains (almost) constant as the number of parallel processors increases. </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR><HR>
<!--Table of Child-Links-->
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html211"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html216"
HREF="node12.html">AMG preconditioners</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html217"
HREF="node13.html">Smoothed Aggregation</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html218"
HREF="node14.html">Smoothers and coarsest-level solvers</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html209"
<A NAME="tex2html214"
HREF="node12.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html205"
<A NAME="tex2html210"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html199"
<A NAME="tex2html204"
HREF="node10.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html207"
<A NAME="tex2html212"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html210"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html215"
HREF="node12.html">AMG preconditioners</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html206"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html211"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html200"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html205"
HREF="node10.html">Example and test programs</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html208"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html213"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node13.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node11.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node11.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node13.html">
@ -25,26 +26,26 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html220"
<A NAME="tex2html229"
HREF="node13.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html216"
<A NAME="tex2html225"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html212"
<A NAME="tex2html219"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html218"
<A NAME="tex2html227"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html221"
HREF="node13.html">Getting Started</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html217"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html230"
HREF="node13.html">Smoothed Aggregation</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html226"
HREF="node11.html">Multigrid Background</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html213"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html220"
HREF="node11.html">Multigrid Background</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html219"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html228"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
@ -150,29 +151,91 @@ P^k \in \mathbb{R}^{n_k \times n_{k+1}}, \quad R^k \in \mathbb{R}^{n_{k+1}\
ALT="\begin{displaymath} P^k \in \mathbb{R}^{n_k \times n_{k+1}}, \quad R^k \in \mathbb{R}^{n_{k+1}\times n_k}; \end{displaymath}">
</DIV>
<BR CLEAR="ALL">
<P></P><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT><HR>
<P></P><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> the matrix <IMG
WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img15.png"
ALT="$A^{k+1}$"> is computed by using the previous operators according to the Galerkin approach, i.e., </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<!-- MATH
\begin{displaymath}
A^{k+1}=R^kA^kP^k.
\end{displaymath}
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="131" HEIGHT="27" BORDER="0"
SRC="img16.png"
ALT="\begin{displaymath} A^{k+1}=R^kA^kP^k. \end{displaymath}">
</DIV>
<BR CLEAR="ALL">
<P></P><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> In the current implementation of MLD2P4 we have <IMG
WIDTH="95" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img17.png"
ALT="$R^k=(P^k)^T$"> A smoother with iteration matrix <IMG
WIDTH="32" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img18.png"
ALT="$M^k$"> is set up at each level <IMG
WIDTH="71" HEIGHT="34" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img11.png"
ALT="$k &lt; nlev$">, and a solver is set up at the coarsest level, so that they are ready for application (for example, setting up a solver based on the <IMG
WIDTH="30" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img19.png"
ALT="$LU$"> factorization means computing and storing the <IMG
WIDTH="17" HEIGHT="15" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img20.png"
ALT="$L$"> and <IMG
WIDTH="18" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img21.png"
ALT="$U$"> factors). The construction of the hierarchy of AMG components described so far corresponds to the so-called build phase of the preconditioner. </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:application_alg"></A><A NAME="517"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 1:</STRONG>
Application phase of a V-cycle preconditioner.</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<!-- MATH
$\framebox{ \begin{minipage}{.85\textwidth} \begin{tabbing} \quad \=\quad \=\quad \=\quad \\[-3mm] procedure V-cycle$\left(k,A^k,b^k,u^k\right)$\ \\[2mm] \>if $\left(k \ne nlev \right)$\ then \\[1mm] \>\> $u^k = u^k + M^k \left(b^k - A^k u^k\right)$\ \\[1mm] \>\> $b^{k+1} = R^{k+1}\left(b^k - A^k u^k\right)$\ \\[1mm] \>\> $u^{k+1} =$\ V-cycle$\left(k+1,A^{k+1},b^{k+1},0\right)$\ \\[1mm] \>\> $u^k = u^k + P^{k+1} u^{k+1}$\ \\[1mm] \>\> $u^k = u^k + M^k \left(b^k - A^k u^k\right)$\ \\[1mm] \>else \\[1mm] \>\> $u^k = \left(A^k\right)^{-1} b^k$\\[1mm] \>endif \\[1mm] \>return $u^k$\ \\[1mm] end \end{tabbing} \end{minipage} }$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="333" HEIGHT="336" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img22.png"
ALT="\framebox{ \begin{minipage}{.85\textwidth} \begin{tabbing} \quad \=\quad \=\quad...
...mm] \&gt;endif \\ [1mm] \&gt;return $u^k$\ \\ [1mm] end \end{tabbing} \end{minipage} }">
</DIV></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The components produced in the build phase may be combined in several ways to obtain different multilevel preconditioners; this is done in the application phase, i.e., in the computation of a vector of type <IMG
WIDTH="82" HEIGHT="21" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img23.png"
ALT="$w=B^{-1}v$">, where <IMG
WIDTH="19" HEIGHT="15" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img24.png"
ALT="$B$"> denotes the preconditioner, usually within an iteration of a Krylov solver [<A
HREF="node29.html#Saad_book">20</A>]. An example of such a combination, known as V-cycle, is given in Figure&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:application_alg">1</A>. In this case, a single iteration of the same smoother is used before and after the the recursive call to the V-cycle (i.e., in the pre-smoothing and post-smoothing phases); however, different choices can be performed. Other cycles can be defined; in MLD2P4, we implemented the standard V-cycle and W-cycle&nbsp;[<A
HREF="node29.html#Briggs2000">3</A>], and a version of the K-cycle described in&nbsp;[<A
HREF="node29.html#Notay2008">19</A>]. </FONT></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html220"
<A NAME="tex2html229"
HREF="node13.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html216"
<A NAME="tex2html225"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html212"
<A NAME="tex2html219"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html218"
<A NAME="tex2html227"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html221"
HREF="node13.html">Getting Started</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html217"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html230"
HREF="node13.html">Smoothed Aggregation</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html226"
HREF="node11.html">Multigrid Background</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html213"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html220"
HREF="node11.html">Multigrid Background</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html219"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html228"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Getting Started</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Getting Started">
<TITLE>Smoothed Aggregation</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Smoothed Aggregation">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -18,206 +18,314 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node11.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="userhtml.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node14.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node12.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node11.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node14.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html232"
<A NAME="tex2html241"
HREF="node14.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html228"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<A NAME="tex2html237"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html222"
<A NAME="tex2html231"
HREF="node12.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html230"
<A NAME="tex2html239"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html233"
HREF="node14.html">Examples</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html229"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html223"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html242"
HREF="node14.html">Smoothers and coarsest-level solvers</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html238"
HREF="node11.html">Multigrid Background</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html232"
HREF="node12.html">AMG preconditioners</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html231"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html240"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H1><A NAME="SECTION00070000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:started"></A>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00062000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:aggregation"></A>
<BR>
Getting Started
</H1><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">We describe the basics for building and applying MLD2P4 one-level and multi-level
(i.e., AMG) preconditioners with the Krylov solvers included in PSBLAS [<A
HREF="node27.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].
The following steps are required:
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
Smoothed Aggregation
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> In order to define the prolongator <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img25.png"
ALT="$P^k$">, used to compute the coarse-level matrix <IMG
WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img15.png"
ALT="$A^{k+1}$">, MLD2P4 uses the smoothed aggregation algorithm described in [<A
HREF="node29.html#BREZINA_VANEK">2</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>]. The basic idea of this algorithm is to build a coarse set of indices <IMG
WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img26.png"
ALT="$\Omega^{k+1}$"> by suitably grouping the indices of <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img9.png"
ALT="$\Omega^k$"> into disjoint subsets (aggregates), and to define the coarse-to-fine space transfer operator <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img25.png"
ALT="$P^k$"> by applying a suitable smoother to a simple piecewise constant prolongation operator, with the aim of improving the quality of the coarse-space correction. Three main steps can be identified in the smoothed aggregation procedure: </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<OL>
<LI><I>Declare the preconditioner data structure</I>. It is a derived data type,
<code>mld_</code><I>x</I><code>prec_</code> <code>type</code>, where <I>x</I> may be <code>s</code>, <code>d</code>, <code>c</code>
or <code>z</code>, according to the basic data type of the sparse matrix
(<code>s</code> = real single precision; <code>d</code> = real double precision;
<code>c</code> = complex single precision; <code>z</code> = complex double precision).
This data structure is accessed by the user only through the MLD2P4 routines,
following an object-oriented approach.
</LI>
<LI><I>Allocate and initialize the preconditioner data structure, according to
a preconditioner type chosen by the user</I>. This is performed by the routine
<code>init</code>, which also sets defaults for each preconditioner
type selected by the user. The preconditioner types and the defaults associated
with them are given in Table&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:precinit">1</A>, where the strings used by
<code>init</code> to identify the preconditioner types are also given.
Note that these strings are valid also if uppercase letters are substituted by
corresponding lowercase ones.
</LI>
<LI><I>Modify the selected preconditioner type, by properly setting
preconditioner parameters.</I> This is performed by the routine <code>set</code>.
This routine must be called only if the user wants to modify the default values
of the parameters associated with the selected preconditioner type, to obtain a variant
of that preconditioner. Examples of use of <code>set</code> are given in
Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node14.html#sec:examples">5.1</A>; a complete list of all the
preconditioner parameters and their allowed and default values is provided in
Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node15.html#sec:userinterface">6</A>, Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_cycle">2</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>.
<LI>aggregation of the indices of <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img9.png"
ALT="$\Omega^k$"> to obtain <IMG
WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img26.png"
ALT="$\Omega^{k+1}$">;
</LI>
<LI><I>Build the preconditioner for a given matrix</I>. If the selected preconditioner
is multi-level, then two steps must be performed, as specified next.
<DL COMPACT>
<DT>4.1</DT>
<DD><I>Build the aggregation hierarchy for a given matrix.</I> This is
performed by the routine <code>hierarchy_build</code>.
</DD>
<DT>4.2</DT>
<DD><I>Build the preconditioner for a given matrix.</I> This is performed
by the routine <code>smoothers_build</code>.
</DD>
</DL>
If the selected preconditioner is one-level, it is built in a single step,
performed by the routine <code>bld</code>.
<LI>construction of the prolongator <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img25.png"
ALT="$P^k$">;
</LI>
<LI><I>Apply the preconditioner at each iteration of a Krylov solver.</I>
This is performed by the routine <code>aply</code>. When using the PSBLAS Krylov solvers,
this step is completely transparent to the user, since <code>aply</code> is called
by the PSBLAS routine implementing the Krylov solver (<code>psb_krylov</code>).
<LI>application of <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img25.png"
ALT="$P^k$"> and <IMG
WIDTH="95" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img17.png"
ALT="$R^k=(P^k)^T$"> to build <IMG
WIDTH="43" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img15.png"
ALT="$A^{k+1}$">.
</LI>
<LI><I>Free the preconditioner data structure</I>. This is performed by
the routine <code>free</code>. This step is complementary to step 1 and should
be performed when the preconditioner is no more used.
</LI>
</OL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">All the previous routines are available as methods of the preconditioner object.
A detailed description of them is given in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node15.html#sec:userinterface">6</A>.
Examples showing the basic use of MLD2P4 are reported in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node14.html#sec:examples">5.1</A>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="532"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 1:</STRONG>
Preconditioner types, corresponding strings and default choices.
</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT"><SMALL>TYPE</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=51><SMALL>STRING</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=232><SMALL>DEFAULT PRECONDITIONER</SMALL></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">No preconditioner</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=51><code>'NOPREC'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=232>Considered only to use the PSBLAS
Krylov solvers with no preconditioner.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">Diagonal</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=51><code>'DIAG'</code> or <code>'JACOBI'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=232>Diagonal preconditioner.
For any zero diagonal entry of the matrix to be preconditioned,
the corresponding entry of the preconditioner is set to&nbsp;1.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">Block Jacobi</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=51><code>'BJAC'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=232>Block-Jacobi with ILU(0) on the local blocks.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">Additive Schwarz</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=51><code>'AS'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=232>Restricted Additive Schwarz (RAS),
with overlap&nbsp;1 and ILU(0) on the local blocks.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">Multilevel</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=51><code>'ML'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=232>V-cycle with one hybrid forward Gauss-Seidel
(GS) sweep as pre-smoother and one hybrid backward
GS sweep as post-smoother, basic smoothed aggregation
as coarsening algorithm, and LU (plus triangular solve)
as coarsest-level solver. See the default values in
Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_cycle">2</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>
for further details of the preconditioner.</TD>
</TR>
</OL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> In order to perform the coarsening step, the smoothed aggregation algorithm described in&nbsp;[<A
HREF="node29.html#VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>] is used. In this algorithm, each index <!-- MATH
$j \in \Omega^{k+1}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="72" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img27.png"
ALT="$j \in \Omega^{k+1}$"> corresponds to an aggregate <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img28.png"
ALT="$\Omega^k_j$"> of <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img9.png"
ALT="$\Omega^k$">, consisting of a suitably chosen index <!-- MATH
$i \in \Omega^k$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="52" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img29.png"
ALT="$i \in \Omega^k$"> and indices that are (usually) contained in a strongly-coupled neighborood of <IMG
WIDTH="11" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img30.png"
ALT="$i$">, i.e., </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR>
<DIV ALIGN="RIGHT">
<!-- MATH
\begin{equation}
\Omega^k_j \subset \mathcal{N}_i^k(\theta) = \left\{ r \in \Omega^k: |a_{ir}^k| > \theta \sqrt{|a_{ii}^ka_{rr}^k|} \right \} \cup \left\{ i \right\},
\end{equation}
-->
<TABLE WIDTH="100%" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR VALIGN="MIDDLE"><TD ALIGN="CENTER" NOWRAP><A NAME="eq:strongly_coup"></A><IMG
WIDTH="387" HEIGHT="72" BORDER="0"
SRC="img31.png"
ALT="\begin{displaymath}
\Omega^k_j \subset \mathcal{N}_i^k(\theta) = \left\{ r ...
...vert a_{ii}^ka_{rr}^k\vert} \right \} \cup \left\{ i \right\}, \end{displaymath}"></TD>
<TD WIDTH=10 ALIGN="RIGHT">
(3)</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV></TD></TR>
<BR CLEAR="ALL"></DIV><P></P><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> for a given threshold <!-- MATH
$\theta \in [0,1]$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="69" HEIGHT="36" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img32.png"
ALT="$\theta \in [0,1]$"> (see&nbsp;[<A
HREF="node29.html#VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>] for the details). Since this algorithm has a sequential nature, a decoupled version of it is applied, where each processor independently executes the algorithm on the set of indices assigned to it in the initial data distribution. This version is embarrassingly parallel, since it does not require any data communication. On the other hand, it may produce some nonuniform aggregates and is strongly dependent on the number of processors and on the initial partitioning of the matrix <IMG
WIDTH="18" HEIGHT="15" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img3.png"
ALT="$A$">. Nevertheless, this parallel algorithm has been chosen for MLD2P4, since it has been shown to produce good results in practice [<A
HREF="node29.html#aaecc_07">5</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#apnum_07">7</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#TUMINARO_TONG">24</A>]. The prolongator <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img25.png"
ALT="$P^k$"> is built starting from a tentative prolongator <!-- MATH
$\bar{P}^k \in \mathbb{R}^{n_k \times n_{k+1}}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="117" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img33.png"
ALT="$\bar{P}^k \in \mathbb{R}^{n_k \times n_{k+1}}$">, defined as </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR>
<DIV ALIGN="RIGHT">
<!-- MATH
\begin{equation}
\bar{P}^k =(\bar{p}_{ij}^k), \quad \bar{p}_{ij}^k = \left\{ \begin{array}{ll} 1 & \quad \mbox{if} \; i \in \Omega^k_j, \\ 0 & \quad \mbox{otherwise}, \end{array} \right.
\end{equation}
-->
<TABLE WIDTH="100%" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR VALIGN="MIDDLE"><TD ALIGN="CENTER" NOWRAP><A NAME="eq:tent_prol"></A><IMG
WIDTH="287" HEIGHT="51" BORDER="0"
SRC="img34.png"
ALT="\begin{displaymath} \bar{P}^k =(\bar{p}_{ij}^k), \quad \bar{p}_{ij}^k = \left\{...
...ega^k_j, \\ 0 &amp; \quad \mbox{otherwise}, \end{array} \right.
\end{displaymath}"></TD>
<TD WIDTH=10 ALIGN="RIGHT">
(4)</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">Note that the module <code>mld_prec_mod</code>, containing the definition of the
preconditioner data type and the interfaces to the routines of MLD2P4,
must be used in any program calling such routines.
The modules <code>psb_base_mod</code>, for the sparse matrix and communication descriptor
data types, and <code>psb_krylov_mod</code>, for interfacing with the
Krylov solvers, must be also used (see Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node14.html#sec:examples">5.1</A>).
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Remark 1.</B> Coarsest-level solvers based on the LU factorization,
such as those implemented in UMFPACK, MUMPS, SuperLU, and SuperLU_Dist,
usually lead to smaller numbers of preconditioned Krylov
iterations than inexact solvers, when the linear system comes from
a standard discretization of basic scalar elliptic PDE problems. However,
this does not necessarily correspond to the smallest execution time
on parallel computers. </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><HR>
<!--Table of Child-Links-->
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<BR CLEAR="ALL"></DIV><P></P><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> where <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img28.png"
ALT="$\Omega^k_j$"> is the aggregate of <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img9.png"
ALT="$\Omega^k$"> corresponding to the index <!-- MATH
$j \in \Omega^{k+1}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="72" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img27.png"
ALT="$j \in \Omega^{k+1}$">. <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img25.png"
ALT="$P^k$"> is obtained by applying to <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img35.png"
ALT="$\bar{P}^k$"> a smoother <!-- MATH
$S^k \in \mathbb{R}^{n_k \times n_k}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="101" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img36.png"
ALT="$S^k \in \mathbb{R}^{n_k \times n_k}$">: </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<!-- MATH
\begin{displaymath}
P^k = S^k \bar{P}^k,
\end{displaymath}
-->
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html234"
HREF="node14.html">Examples</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<HR>
<IMG
WIDTH="90" HEIGHT="30" BORDER="0"
SRC="img37.png"
ALT="\begin{displaymath} P^k = S^k \bar{P}^k, \end{displaymath}">
</DIV>
<BR CLEAR="ALL">
<P></P><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> in order to remove nonsmooth components from the range of the prolongator, and hence to improve the convergence properties of the multi-level method&nbsp;[<A
HREF="node29.html#BREZINA_VANEK">2</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#Stuben_01">23</A>]. A simple choice for <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="19" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img38.png"
ALT="$S^k$"> is the damped Jacobi smoother: </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<!-- MATH
\begin{displaymath}
S^k = I - \omega^k (D^k)^{-1} A^k_F ,
\end{displaymath}
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="175" HEIGHT="31" BORDER="0"
SRC="img39.png"
ALT="\begin{displaymath} S^k = I - \omega^k (D^k)^{-1} A^k_F , \end{displaymath}">
</DIV>
<BR CLEAR="ALL">
<P></P><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> where <IMG
WIDTH="28" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img40.png"
ALT="$D^k$"> is the diagonal matrix with the same diagonal entries as <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img41.png"
ALT="$A^k$">, <!-- MATH
$A^k_F = (\bar{a}_{ij}^k)$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="87" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img42.png"
ALT="$A^k_F = (\bar{a}_{ij}^k)$"> is the filtered matrix defined as </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR>
<DIV ALIGN="RIGHT">
<!-- MATH
\begin{equation}
\bar{a}_{ij}^k = \left \{ \begin{array}{ll} a_{ij}^k & \mbox{if } j \in \mathcal{N}_i^k(\theta), \\ 0 & \mbox{otherwise}, \end{array} \right. \; (j \ne i), \qquad \bar{a}_{ii}^k = a_{ii}^k - \sum_{j \ne i} (a_{ij}^k - \bar{a}_{ij}^k),
\end{equation}
-->
<TABLE WIDTH="100%" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR VALIGN="MIDDLE"><TD ALIGN="CENTER" NOWRAP><A NAME="eq:filtered"></A><IMG
WIDTH="514" HEIGHT="74" BORDER="0"
SRC="img43.png"
ALT="\begin{displaymath}
\bar{a}_{ij}^k = \left \{ \begin{array}{ll} a_{ij}^k &amp; ...
...ii}^k = a_{ii}^k - \sum_{j \ne i} (a_{ij}^k - \bar{a}_{ij}^k), \end{displaymath}"></TD>
<TD WIDTH=10 ALIGN="RIGHT">
(5)</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<BR CLEAR="ALL"></DIV><P></P><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> and <IMG
WIDTH="24" HEIGHT="19" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img44.png"
ALT="$\omega^k$"> is an approximation of <IMG
WIDTH="61" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img45.png"
ALT="$4/(3\rho^k)$">, where <IMG
WIDTH="22" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img46.png"
ALT="$\rho^k$"> is the spectral radius of <!-- MATH
$(D^k)^{-1}A^k_F$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="83" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img47.png"
ALT="$(D^k)^{-1}A^k_F$"> [<A
HREF="node29.html#BREZINA_VANEK">2</A>]. In MLD2P4 this approximation is obtained by using <!-- MATH
$\| A^k_F \|_\infty$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="61" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img48.png"
ALT="$\Vert A^k_F \Vert _\infty$"> as an estimate of <IMG
WIDTH="22" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img46.png"
ALT="$\rho^k$">. Note that for systems coming from uniformly elliptic problems, filtering the matrix <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img41.png"
ALT="$A^k$"> has little or no effect, and <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img41.png"
ALT="$A^k$"> can be used instead of <IMG
WIDTH="29" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img49.png"
ALT="$A^k_F$">. The latter choice is the default in MLD2P4. </FONT></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html232"
<A NAME="tex2html241"
HREF="node14.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html228"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<A NAME="tex2html237"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html222"
<A NAME="tex2html231"
HREF="node12.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html230"
<A NAME="tex2html239"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html233"
HREF="node14.html">Examples</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html229"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html223"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html242"
HREF="node14.html">Smoothers and coarsest-level solvers</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html238"
HREF="node11.html">Multigrid Background</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html232"
HREF="node12.html">AMG preconditioners</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html231"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html240"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Examples</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Examples">
<TITLE>Smoothers and coarsest-level solvers</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Smoothers and coarsest-level solvers">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -19,296 +19,216 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node13.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node13.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node11.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node15.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html243"
<A NAME="tex2html251"
HREF="node15.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html239"
HREF="node13.html">
<A NAME="tex2html247"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html235"
<A NAME="tex2html243"
HREF="node13.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html241"
<A NAME="tex2html249"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html244"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html240"
HREF="node13.html">Getting Started</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html236"
HREF="node13.html">Getting Started</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html242"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html252"
HREF="node15.html">Getting Started</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html248"
HREF="node11.html">Multigrid Background</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html244"
HREF="node13.html">Smoothed Aggregation</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html250"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00071000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:examples"></A>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00063000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:smoothers"></A>
<BR>
Examples
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The code reported in Figure&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:ex1">2</A> shows how to set and apply the default
multi-level preconditioner available in the real double precision version
of MLD2P4 (see Table&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:precinit">1</A>). This preconditioner is chosen
by simply specifying <code>'ML'</code> as the second argument of <code>P%init</code>
(a call to <code>P%set</code> is not needed) and is applied with the CG
solver provided by PSBLAS (the matrix of the system to be solved is
assumed to be positive definite). As previously observed, the modules
<code>psb_base_mod</code>, <code>mld_prec_mod</code> and <code>psb_krylov_mod</code>
must be used by the example program.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The part of the code concerning the
reading and assembling of the sparse matrix and the right-hand side vector, performed
through the PSBLAS routines for sparse matrix and vector management, is not reported
here for brevity; the statements concerning the deallocation of the PSBLAS
data structure are neglected too.
The complete code can be found in the example program file <code>mld_dexample_ml.f90</code>,
in the directory <code>examples/fileread</code> of the MLD2P4 implementation (see
Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node10.html#sec:ex_and_test">3.5</A>). A sample test problem along with the relevant
input data is available in <code>examples/fileread/runs</code>.
For details on the use of the PSBLAS routines, see the PSBLAS User's
Guide&nbsp;[<A
HREF="node27.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The setup and application of the default multi-level preconditioner
for the real single precision and the complex, single and double
precision, versions are obtained with straightforward modifications of the previous
example (see Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node15.html#sec:userinterface">6</A> for details). If these versions are installed,
the corresponding codes are available in <code>examples/fileread/</code>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:ex1"></A><A NAME="535"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 2:</STRONG>
setup and application of the default multi-level preconditioner (example 1).
</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
Smoothers and coarsest-level solvers
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The smoothers implemented in MLD2P4 include the Jacobi and block-Jacobi methods, a hybrid version of the forward and backward Gauss-Seidel methods, and the additive Schwarz (AS) ones (see, e.g., [<A
HREF="node29.html#Saad_book">20</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#dd2_96">21</A>]). The hybrid Gauss-Seidel version is considered because the original Gauss-Seidel method is inherently sequential. At each iteration of the hybrid version, each parallel process uses the most recent values of its own local variables and the values of the non-local variables computed at the previous iteration, obtained by exchanging data with other processes before the beginning of the current iteration. In the AS methods, the index space <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img9.png"
ALT="$\Omega^k$"> is divided into <IMG
WIDTH="28" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img50.png"
ALT="$m_k$"> subsets <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img51.png"
ALT="$\Omega^k_i$"> of size <IMG
WIDTH="32" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img52.png"
ALT="$n_{k,i}$">, possibly overlapping. For each <IMG
WIDTH="11" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img30.png"
ALT="$i$"> we consider the restriction operator <!-- MATH
$R_i^k \in \mathbb{R}^{n_{k,i} \times n_k}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="110" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img53.png"
ALT="$R_i^k \in \mathbb{R}^{n_{k,i} \times n_k}$"> that maps a vector <IMG
WIDTH="23" HEIGHT="19" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img54.png"
ALT="$x^k$"> to the vector <IMG
WIDTH="22" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img55.png"
ALT="$x_i^k$"> made of the components of <IMG
WIDTH="23" HEIGHT="19" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img54.png"
ALT="$x^k$"> with indices in <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img51.png"
ALT="$\Omega^k_i$">, and the prolongation operator <!-- MATH
$P^k_i = (R_i^k)^T$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="95" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img56.png"
ALT="$P^k_i = (R_i^k)^T$">. These operators are then used to build <!-- MATH
$A_i^k=R_i^kA^kP_i^k$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="113" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img57.png"
ALT="$A_i^k=R_i^kA^kP_i^k$">, which is the restriction of <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img41.png"
ALT="$A^k$"> to the index space <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img51.png"
ALT="$\Omega^k_i$">. The classical AS preconditioner <IMG
WIDTH="41" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img58.png"
ALT="$M^k_{AS}$"> is defined as </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV><TABLE WIDTH="90%">
<TR><TD>
<PRE>
use psb_base_mod
use mld_prec_mod
use psb_krylov_mod
... ...
!
! sparse matrix
type(psb_dspmat_type) :: A
! sparse matrix descriptor
type(psb_desc_type) :: desc_A
! preconditioner
type(mld_dprec_type) :: P
! right-hand side and solution vectors
type(psb_d_vect_type) :: b, x
... ...
!
! initialize the parallel environment
call psb_init(ictxt)
call psb_info(ictxt,iam,np)
... ...
!
! read and assemble the spd matrix A and the right-hand side b
! using PSBLAS routines for sparse matrix / vector management
... ...
!
! initialize the default multi-level preconditioner, i.e. V-cycle
! with basic smoothed aggregation, 1 hybrid forward/backward
! GS sweep as pre/post-smoother and UMFPACK as coarsest-level
! solver
call P%init('ML',info)
!
! build the preconditioner
call P%hierarchy_build(A,desc_A,info)
call P%smoothers_build(A,desc_A,info)
<!-- MATH
\begin{displaymath}
( M^k_{AS} )^{-1} = \sum_{i=1}^{m_k} P_i^k (A_i^k)^{-1} R_i^{k},
\end{displaymath}
-->
!
! set the solver parameters and the initial guess
... ...
!
! solve Ax=b with preconditioned CG
call psb_krylov('CG',A,P,b,x,tol,desc_A,info)
... ...
!
! deallocate the preconditioner
call P%free(info)
!
! deallocate other data structures
... ...
!
! exit the parallel environment
call psb_exit(ictxt)
stop
</PRE>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<IMG
WIDTH="219" HEIGHT="59" BORDER="0"
SRC="img59.png"
ALT="\begin{displaymath} ( M^k_{AS} )^{-1} = \sum_{i=1}^{m_k} P_i^k (A_i^k)^{-1} R_i^{k}, \end{displaymath}">
</DIV>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">Different versions of the multi-level preconditioner can be obtained by changing
the default values of the preconditioner parameters. The code reported in
Figure&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:ex2">3</A> shows how to set a V-cycle preconditioner
which applies 1 block-Jacobi sweep as pre- and post-smoother,
and solves the coarsest-level system with 8 block-Jacobi sweeps.
Note that the ILU(0) factorization (plus triangular solve) is used as
local solver for the block-Jacobi sweeps, since this is the default associated
with block-Jacobi and set by&nbsp;<code>P%init</code>.
Furthermore, specifying block-Jacobi as coarsest-level
solver implies that the coarsest-level matrix is distributed
among the processes.
Figure&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:ex3">4</A> shows how to set a W-cycle preconditioner which
applies 2 hybrid Gauss-Seidel sweeps as pre- and post-smoother,
and solves the coarsest-level system with the multifrontal LU factorization
implemented in MUMPS. It is specified that the coarsest-level
matrix is distributed, since MUMPS can be used on both
replicated and distributed matrices, and by default
it is used on replicated ones. The code fragments shown in Figures&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:ex2">3</A> and <A HREF="#fig:ex3">4</A> are
included in the example program file <code>mld_dexample_ml.f90</code> too.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">Finally, Figure&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:ex4">5</A> shows the setup of a one-level
additive Schwarz preconditioner, i.e., RAS with overlap 2.
Note also that a Krylov method different from CG must be used to solve
the preconditioned system, since the preconditione in nonsymmetric.
The corresponding example program is available in the file
<code>mld_dexample_1lev.f90</code>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">For all the previous preconditioners, example programs where the sparse matrix and
the right-hand side are generated by discretizing a PDE with Dirichlet
boundary conditions are also available in the directory <code>examples/pdegen</code>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:ex2"></A><A NAME="537"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 3:</STRONG>
setup of a multi-level preconditioner</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV><TABLE WIDTH="90%">
<TR><TD>
<PRE>
... ...
! build a V-cycle preconditioner with 1 block-Jacobi sweep (with
! ILU(0) on the blocks) as pre- and post-smoother, and 8 block-Jacobi
! sweeps (with ILU(0) on the blocks) as coarsest-level solver
call P%init('ML',info)
call_P%set('SMOOTHER_TYPE','BJAC',info)
call P%set('COARSE_SOLVE','BJAC',info)
call P%set('COARSE_SWEEPS',8,info)
call P%hierarchy_build(A,desc_A,info)
call P%smoothers_build(A,desc_A,info)
... ...
</PRE>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV>
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:ex3"></A><A NAME="539"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 4:</STRONG>
setup of a multi-level preconditioner</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV><TABLE WIDTH="90%">
<TR><TD>
<PRE>
... ...
! build a W-cycle preconditioner with 2 hybrid Gauss-Seidel sweeps
! as pre- and post-smoother, a distributed coarsest
! matrix, and MUMPS as coarsest-level solver
call P%init('ML',info)
call P%set('ML_CYCLE','WCYCLE',info)
call P%set('SMOOTHER_TYPE','FBGS',info)
call P%set('SMOOTHER_SWEEPS',2,info)
call P%set('COARSE_SOLVE','MUMPS',info)
call P%set('COARSE_MAT','DIST',info)
call P%hierarchy_build(A,desc_A,info)
call P%smoothers_build(A,desc_A,info)
... ...
</PRE>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:ex4"></A><A NAME="541"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 5:</STRONG>
setup of a one-level Schwarz preconditioner.</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV><TABLE WIDTH="90%">
<TR><TD>
<PRE>
... ...
! set RAS with overlap 2 and ILU(0) on the local blocks
call P%init('AS',info)
call P%set('SUB_OVR',2,info)
call P%bld(A,desc_A,info)
... ...
! solve Ax=b with preconditioned BiCGSTAB
call psb_krylov('BICGSTAB',A,P,b,x,tol,desc_A,info)
</PRE>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT></FONT><HR>
<BR CLEAR="ALL">
<P></P><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> where <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img60.png"
ALT="$A_i^k$"> is supposed to be nonsingular. We observe that an approximate inverse of <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img60.png"
ALT="$A_i^k$"> is usually considered instead of <IMG
WIDTH="57" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img61.png"
ALT="$(A_i^k)^{-1}$">. The setup of <IMG
WIDTH="41" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img58.png"
ALT="$M^k_{AS}$"> during the multilevel build phase involves </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<UL>
<LI>the definition of the index subspaces <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img62.png"
ALT="$\Omega_i^k$"> and of the corresponding operators <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img63.png"
ALT="$R_i^k$"> (and <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img64.png"
ALT="$P_i^k$">);
</LI>
<LI>the computation of the submatrices <IMG
WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img60.png"
ALT="$A_i^k$">;
</LI>
<LI>the computation of their inverses (usually approximated through some form of incomplete factorization).
</LI>
</UL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The computation of <!-- MATH
$z^k=M^k_{AS}w^k$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="102" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img65.png"
ALT="$z^k=M^k_{AS}w^k$">, with <!-- MATH
$w^k \in \mathbb{R}^{n_k}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="76" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img66.png"
ALT="$w^k \in \mathbb{R}^{n_k}$">, during the multilevel application phase, requires </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<UL>
<LI>the restriction of <IMG
WIDTH="25" HEIGHT="19" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img67.png"
ALT="$w^k$"> to the subspaces <!-- MATH
$\mathbb{R}^{n_{k,i}}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="41" HEIGHT="15" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img68.png"
ALT="$\mathbb{R}^{n_{k,i}}$">, i.e. <!-- MATH
$w_i^k = R_i^{k} w^k$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="91" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img69.png"
ALT="$w_i^k = R_i^{k} w^k$">;
</LI>
<LI>the computation of the vectors <!-- MATH
$z_i^k=(A_i^k)^{-1} w_i^k$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="119" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img70.png"
ALT="$z_i^k=(A_i^k)^{-1} w_i^k$">;
</LI>
<LI>the prolongation and the sum of the previous vectors, i.e. <!-- MATH
$z^k = \sum_{i=1}^{m_k} P_i^k z_i^k$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="127" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img71.png"
ALT="$z^k = \sum_{i=1}^{m_k} P_i^k z_i^k$">.
</LI>
</UL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Variants of the classical AS method, which use modifications of the restriction and prolongation operators, are also implemented in MLD2P4. Among them, the Restricted AS (RAS) preconditioner usually outperforms the classical AS preconditioner in terms of convergence rate and of computation and communication time on parallel distributed-memory computers, and is therefore the most widely used among the AS preconditioners&nbsp;[<A
HREF="node29.html#CAI_SARKIS">6</A>]. Direct solvers based on sparse LU factorizations, implemented in the third-party libraries reported in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node7.html#sec:third-party">3.2</A>, can be applied as coarsest-level solvers by MLD2P4. Native inexact solvers based on incomplete LU factorizations, as well as Jacobi, hybrid (forward) Gauss-Seidel, and block Jacobi preconditioners are also available. Direct solvers usually lead to more effective preconditioners in terms of algorithmic scalability; however, this does not guarantee parallel efficiency.
</FONT></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html243"
<A NAME="tex2html251"
HREF="node15.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html239"
HREF="node13.html">
<A NAME="tex2html247"
HREF="node11.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html235"
<A NAME="tex2html243"
HREF="node13.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html241"
<A NAME="tex2html249"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html244"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html240"
HREF="node13.html">Getting Started</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html236"
HREF="node13.html">Getting Started</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html242"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html252"
HREF="node15.html">Getting Started</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html248"
HREF="node11.html">Multigrid Background</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html244"
HREF="node13.html">Smoothed Aggregation</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html250"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>User Interface</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="User Interface">
<TITLE>Getting Started</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Getting Started">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -18,96 +18,173 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node24.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node13.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node17.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node11.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="userhtml.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node16.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html255"
<A NAME="tex2html263"
HREF="node16.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html251"
<A NAME="tex2html259"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html245"
<A NAME="tex2html253"
HREF="node14.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html253"
<A NAME="tex2html261"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html256"
HREF="node16.html">Subroutine init</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html252"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html264"
HREF="node16.html">Examples</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html260"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html246"
HREF="node14.html">Examples</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html254"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html254"
HREF="node14.html">Smoothers and coarsest-level solvers</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html262"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H1><A NAME="SECTION00080000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:userinterface"></A>
<H1><A NAME="SECTION00070000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:started"></A>
<BR>
User Interface
Getting Started
</H1><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The basic user interface of MLD2P4 consists of eight routines. The six
routines <code>init</code>, <code>set</code>,
<code>hierarchy_build</code>, <code>smoothers_build</code>,
<code>bld</code>, and <code>apply</code> encapsulate all the
functionalities for the setup and the application of any multi-level and one-level
preconditioner implemented in the package.
The routine <code>free</code> deallocates the preconditioner data structure, while
<code>descr</code> prints a description of the preconditioner setup by the user.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">All the routines are available as methods of the preconditioner object.
For each routine, the same user interface is overloaded with
respect to the real/ complex case and the single/double precision;
arguments with appropriate data types must be passed to the routine,
i.e.,
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">We describe the basics for building and applying MLD2P4 one-level and multi-level
(i.e., AMG) preconditioners with the Krylov solvers included in PSBLAS [<A
HREF="node29.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].
The following steps are required:
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<UL>
<LI>the sparse matrix data structure, containing the matrix to be
preconditioned, must be of type <code>psb_</code><I>x</I><code>spmat_type</code>
with <I>x</I> = <code>s</code> for real single precision, <I>x</I> = <code>d</code>
for real double precision, <I>x</I> = <code>c</code> for complex single precision,
<I>x</I> = <code>z</code> for complex double precision;
<OL>
<LI><I>Declare the preconditioner data structure</I>. It is a derived data type,
<code>mld_</code><I>x</I><code>prec_</code> <code>type</code>, where <I>x</I> may be <code>s</code>, <code>d</code>, <code>c</code>
or <code>z</code>, according to the basic data type of the sparse matrix
(<code>s</code> = real single precision; <code>d</code> = real double precision;
<code>c</code> = complex single precision; <code>z</code> = complex double precision).
This data structure is accessed by the user only through the MLD2P4 routines,
following an object-oriented approach.
</LI>
<LI><I>Allocate and initialize the preconditioner data structure, according to
a preconditioner type chosen by the user</I>. This is performed by the routine
<code>init</code>, which also sets defaults for each preconditioner
type selected by the user. The preconditioner types and the defaults associated
with them are given in Table&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:precinit">1</A>, where the strings used by
<code>init</code> to identify the preconditioner types are also given.
Note that these strings are valid also if uppercase letters are substituted by
corresponding lowercase ones.
</LI>
<LI>the preconditioner data structure must be of type
<code>mld_</code><I>x</I><code>prec_type</code>, with <I>x</I> =
<code>s</code>, <code>d</code>, <code>c</code>, <code>z</code>, according to the sparse
matrix data structure;
<LI><I>Modify the selected preconditioner type, by properly setting
preconditioner parameters.</I> This is performed by the routine <code>set</code>.
This routine must be called only if the user wants to modify the default values
of the parameters associated with the selected preconditioner type, to obtain a variant
of that preconditioner. Examples of use of <code>set</code> are given in
Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node16.html#sec:examples">5.1</A>; a complete list of all the
preconditioner parameters and their allowed and default values is provided in
Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node17.html#sec:userinterface">6</A>, Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_cycle">2</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>.
</LI>
<LI>the arrays containing the vectors <IMG
WIDTH="14" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img15.png"
ALT="$v$"> and <IMG
WIDTH="17" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img16.png"
ALT="$w$"> involved in
the preconditioner application <IMG
WIDTH="82" HEIGHT="21" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img17.png"
ALT="$w=B^{-1}v$"> must be of type
<code>psb_</code><I>x</I><code>vect_type</code> with <I>x</I> =
<code>s</code>, <code>d</code>, <code>c</code>, <code>z</code>, in a manner completely
analogous to the sparse matrix type;
<LI><I>Build the preconditioner for a given matrix</I>. If the selected preconditioner
is multi-level, then two steps must be performed, as specified next.
<DL COMPACT>
<DT>4.1</DT>
<DD><I>Build the aggregation hierarchy for a given matrix.</I> This is
performed by the routine <code>hierarchy_build</code>.
</DD>
<DT>4.2</DT>
<DD><I>Build the preconditioner for a given matrix.</I> This is performed
by the routine <code>smoothers_build</code>.
</DD>
</DL>
If the selected preconditioner is one-level, it is built in a single step,
performed by the routine <code>bld</code>.
</LI>
<LI>real parameters defining the preconditioner must be declared
according to the precision of the sparse matrix and preconditioner
data structures (see Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node17.html#sec:precset">6.2</A>).
<LI><I>Apply the preconditioner at each iteration of a Krylov solver.</I>
This is performed by the routine <code>aply</code>. When using the PSBLAS Krylov solvers,
this step is completely transparent to the user, since <code>aply</code> is called
by the PSBLAS routine implementing the Krylov solver (<code>psb_krylov</code>).
</LI>
</UL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
A description of each routine is given in the remainder of this section.
<LI><I>Free the preconditioner data structure</I>. This is performed by
the routine <code>free</code>. This step is complementary to step 1 and should
be performed when the preconditioner is no more used.
</LI>
</OL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">All the previous routines are available as methods of the preconditioner object.
A detailed description of them is given in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node17.html#sec:userinterface">6</A>.
Examples showing the basic use of MLD2P4 are reported in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node16.html#sec:examples">5.1</A>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="857"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 1:</STRONG>
Preconditioner types, corresponding strings and default choices.
</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT"><SMALL>TYPE</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=51><SMALL>STRING</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=232><SMALL>DEFAULT PRECONDITIONER</SMALL></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">No preconditioner</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=51><code>'NOPREC'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=232>Considered only to use the PSBLAS
Krylov solvers with no preconditioner.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">Diagonal</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=51><code>'DIAG'</code> or <code>'JACOBI'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=232>Diagonal preconditioner.
For any zero diagonal entry of the matrix to be preconditioned,
the corresponding entry of the preconditioner is set to&nbsp;1.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">Block Jacobi</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=51><code>'BJAC'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=232>Block-Jacobi with ILU(0) on the local blocks.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">Additive Schwarz</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=51><code>'AS'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=232>Restricted Additive Schwarz (RAS),
with overlap&nbsp;1 and ILU(0) on the local blocks.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT">Multilevel</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=51><code>'ML'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=232>V-cycle with one hybrid forward Gauss-Seidel
(GS) sweep as pre-smoother and one hybrid backward
GS sweep as post-smoother, basic smoothed aggregation
as coarsening algorithm, and LU (plus triangular solve)
as coarsest-level solver. See the default values in
Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_cycle">2</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>
for further details of the preconditioner.</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">Note that the module <code>mld_prec_mod</code>, containing the definition of the
preconditioner data type and the interfaces to the routines of MLD2P4,
must be used in any program calling such routines.
The modules <code>psb_base_mod</code>, for the sparse matrix and communication descriptor
data types, and <code>psb_krylov_mod</code>, for interfacing with the
Krylov solvers, must be also used (see Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node16.html#sec:examples">5.1</A>).
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Remark 1.</B> Coarsest-level solvers based on the LU factorization,
such as those implemented in UMFPACK, MUMPS, SuperLU, and SuperLU_Dist,
usually lead to smaller numbers of preconditioned Krylov
iterations than inexact solvers, when the linear system comes from
a standard discretization of basic scalar elliptic PDE problems. However,
this does not necessarily correspond to the smallest execution time
on parallel computers. </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><HR>
@ -115,46 +192,32 @@ A description of each routine is given in the remainder of this section.
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html257"
HREF="node16.html">Subroutine init</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html258"
HREF="node17.html">Subroutine set</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html259"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html260"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html261"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html262"
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine apply</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html263"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine free</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html264"
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine descr</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html265"
HREF="node16.html">Examples</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html255"
<A NAME="tex2html263"
HREF="node16.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html251"
<A NAME="tex2html259"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html245"
<A NAME="tex2html253"
HREF="node14.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html253"
<A NAME="tex2html261"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html256"
HREF="node16.html">Subroutine init</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html252"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html264"
HREF="node16.html">Examples</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html260"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html246"
HREF="node14.html">Examples</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html254"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html254"
HREF="node14.html">Smoothers and coarsest-level solvers</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html262"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Subroutine init</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine init">
<TITLE>Examples</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Examples">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -18,7 +18,6 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node17.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node17.html">
@ -26,104 +25,290 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html275"
<A NAME="tex2html274"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html271"
<A NAME="tex2html270"
HREF="node15.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html265"
<A NAME="tex2html266"
HREF="node15.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html273"
<A NAME="tex2html272"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html276"
HREF="node17.html">Subroutine set</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html272"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html266"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html274"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html275"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html271"
HREF="node15.html">Getting Started</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html267"
HREF="node15.html">Getting Started</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html273"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00081000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:precinit"></A>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00071000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:examples"></A>
<BR>
Subroutine init
Examples
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%init(ptype,info)</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The code reported in Figure&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:ex1">2</A> shows how to set and apply the default
multi-level preconditioner available in the real double precision version
of MLD2P4 (see Table&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:precinit">1</A>). This preconditioner is chosen
by simply specifying <code>'ML'</code> as the second argument of <code>P%init</code>
(a call to <code>P%set</code> is not needed) and is applied with the CG
solver provided by PSBLAS (the matrix of the system to be solved is
assumed to be positive definite). As previously observed, the modules
<code>psb_base_mod</code>, <code>mld_prec_mod</code> and <code>psb_krylov_mod</code>
must be used by the example program.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The part of the code concerning the
reading and assembling of the sparse matrix and the right-hand side vector, performed
through the PSBLAS routines for sparse matrix and vector management, is not reported
here for brevity; the statements concerning the deallocation of the PSBLAS
data structure are neglected too.
The complete code can be found in the example program file <code>mld_dexample_ml.f90</code>,
in the directory <code>examples/fileread</code> of the MLD2P4 implementation (see
Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node10.html#sec:ex_and_test">3.5</A>). A sample test problem along with the relevant
input data is available in <code>examples/fileread/runs</code>.
For details on the use of the PSBLAS routines, see the PSBLAS User's
Guide&nbsp;[<A
HREF="node29.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
This routine allocates and initializes the preconditioner
<code>p</code>, according to the preconditioner type chosen by the user.
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The setup and application of the default multi-level preconditioner
for the real single precision and the complex, single and double
precision, versions are obtained with straightforward modifications of the previous
example (see Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node17.html#sec:userinterface">6</A> for details). If these versions are installed,
the corresponding codes are available in <code>examples/fileread/</code>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Arguments</B></FONT> </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P></P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:ex1"></A><A NAME="860"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 2:</STRONG>
setup and application of the default multi-level preconditioner (example 1).
</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV><TABLE WIDTH="90%">
<TR><TD>
<PRE>
use psb_base_mod
use mld_prec_mod
use psb_krylov_mod
... ...
!
! sparse matrix
type(psb_dspmat_type) :: A
! sparse matrix descriptor
type(psb_desc_type) :: desc_A
! preconditioner
type(mld_dprec_type) :: P
! right-hand side and solution vectors
type(psb_d_vect_type) :: b, x
... ...
!
! initialize the parallel environment
call psb_init(ictxt)
call psb_info(ictxt,iam,np)
... ...
!
! read and assemble the spd matrix A and the right-hand side b
! using PSBLAS routines for sparse matrix / vector management
... ...
!
! initialize the default multi-level preconditioner, i.e. V-cycle
! with basic smoothed aggregation, 1 hybrid forward/backward
! GS sweep as pre/post-smoother and UMFPACK as coarsest-level
! solver
call P%init('ML',info)
!
! build the preconditioner
call P%hierarchy_build(A,desc_A,info)
call P%smoothers_build(A,desc_A,info)
!
! set the solver parameters and the initial guess
... ...
!
! solve Ax=b with preconditioned CG
call psb_krylov('CG',A,P,b,x,tol,desc_A,info)
... ...
!
! deallocate the preconditioner
call P%free(info)
!
! deallocate other data structures
... ...
!
! exit the parallel environment
call psb_exit(ictxt)
stop
</PRE>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><TABLE CELLPADDING=3>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>ptype</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>character(len=*), intent(in)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The type of preconditioner. Its values are specified
in Table&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:precinit">1</A>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Note that the strings are case insensitive.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node25.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">Different versions of the multi-level preconditioner can be obtained by changing
the default values of the preconditioner parameters. The code reported in
Figure&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:ex2">3</A> shows how to set a V-cycle preconditioner
which applies 1 block-Jacobi sweep as pre- and post-smoother,
and solves the coarsest-level system with 8 block-Jacobi sweeps.
Note that the ILU(0) factorization (plus triangular solve) is used as
local solver for the block-Jacobi sweeps, since this is the default associated
with block-Jacobi and set by&nbsp;<code>P%init</code>.
Furthermore, specifying block-Jacobi as coarsest-level
solver implies that the coarsest-level matrix is distributed
among the processes.
Figure&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:ex3">4</A> shows how to set a W-cycle preconditioner which
applies 2 hybrid Gauss-Seidel sweeps as pre- and post-smoother,
and solves the coarsest-level system with the multifrontal LU factorization
implemented in MUMPS. It is specified that the coarsest-level
matrix is distributed, since MUMPS can be used on both
replicated and distributed matrices, and by default
it is used on replicated ones. The code fragments shown in Figures&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:ex2">3</A> and <A HREF="#fig:ex3">4</A> are
included in the example program file <code>mld_dexample_ml.f90</code> too.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">For compatibility with the previous versions of MLD2P4, this routine can be also invoked
as follows:
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">Finally, Figure&nbsp;<A HREF="#fig:ex4">5</A> shows the setup of a one-level
additive Schwarz preconditioner, i.e., RAS with overlap 2.
Note also that a Krylov method different from CG must be used to solve
the preconditioned system, since the preconditione in nonsymmetric.
The corresponding example program is available in the file
<code>mld_dexample_1lev.f90</code>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">For all the previous preconditioners, example programs where the sparse matrix and
the right-hand side are generated by discretizing a PDE with Dirichlet
boundary conditions are also available in the directory <code>examples/pdegen</code>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:ex2"></A><A NAME="862"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 3:</STRONG>
setup of a multi-level preconditioner</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV><TABLE WIDTH="90%">
<TR><TD>
<PRE>
... ...
! build a V-cycle preconditioner with 1 block-Jacobi sweep (with
! ILU(0) on the blocks) as pre- and post-smoother, and 8 block-Jacobi
! sweeps (with ILU(0) on the blocks) as coarsest-level solver
call P%init('ML',info)
call_P%set('SMOOTHER_TYPE','BJAC',info)
call P%set('COARSE_SOLVE','BJAC',info)
call P%set('COARSE_SWEEPS',8,info)
call P%hierarchy_build(A,desc_A,info)
call P%smoothers_build(A,desc_A,info)
... ...
</PRE>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV>
<P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call mld_precinit(p,ptype,info)</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:ex3"></A><A NAME="864"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 4:</STRONG>
setup of a multi-level preconditioner</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV><TABLE WIDTH="90%">
<TR><TD>
<PRE>
... ...
! build a W-cycle preconditioner with 2 hybrid Gauss-Seidel sweeps
! as pre- and post-smoother, a distributed coarsest
! matrix, and MUMPS as coarsest-level solver
call P%init('ML',info)
call P%set('ML_CYCLE','WCYCLE',info)
call P%set('SMOOTHER_TYPE','FBGS',info)
call P%set('SMOOTHER_SWEEPS',2,info)
call P%set('COARSE_SOLVE','MUMPS',info)
call P%set('COARSE_MAT','DIST',info)
call P%hierarchy_build(A,desc_A,info)
call P%smoothers_build(A,desc_A,info)
... ...
</PRE>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="fig:ex4"></A><A NAME="866"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION ALIGN="BOTTOM"><STRONG>Figure 5:</STRONG>
setup of a one-level Schwarz preconditioner.</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV><TABLE WIDTH="90%">
<TR><TD>
<PRE>
... ...
! set RAS with overlap 2 and ILU(0) on the local blocks
call P%init('AS',info)
call P%set('SUB_OVR',2,info)
call P%bld(A,desc_A,info)
... ...
! solve Ax=b with preconditioned BiCGSTAB
call psb_krylov('BICGSTAB',A,P,b,x,tol,desc_A,info)
</PRE>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
</DIV></TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><HR>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html275"
<A NAME="tex2html274"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html271"
<A NAME="tex2html270"
HREF="node15.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html265"
<A NAME="tex2html266"
HREF="node15.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html273"
<A NAME="tex2html272"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html276"
HREF="node17.html">Subroutine set</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html272"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html266"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html274"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html275"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html271"
HREF="node15.html">Getting Started</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html267"
HREF="node15.html">Getting Started</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html273"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Subroutine set</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine set">
<TITLE>User Interface</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="User Interface">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -18,888 +18,143 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node18.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node16.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node26.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="userhtml.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node18.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html287"
<A NAME="tex2html286"
HREF="node18.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html283"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html282"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html277"
<A NAME="tex2html276"
HREF="node16.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html285"
<A NAME="tex2html284"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html288"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine build</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html284"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html278"
HREF="node16.html">Subroutine init</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html286"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html287"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine init</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html283"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html277"
HREF="node16.html">Examples</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html285"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00082000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:precset"></A>
<H1><A NAME="SECTION00080000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:userinterface"></A>
<BR>
Subroutine set
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%set(what,val,info [,ilev, ilmax, pos])</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
This routine sets the parameters defining the preconditioner <code>p</code>. More
precisely, the parameter identified by <code>what</code> is assigned the value
contained in <code>val</code>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Arguments</B></FONT> </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P></P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><TABLE CELLPADDING=3>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>what</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>character(len=*)</code>. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The parameter to be set. It can be specified through its name;
the string is case-insensitive. See
Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_cycle">2</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>val </code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer</code> <I>or</I> <code>character(len=*)</code> <I>or</I>
<code>real(psb_spk_)</code> <I>or</I> <code>real(psb_dpk_)</code>,
<code>intent(in)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The value of the parameter to be set. The list of allowed
values and the corresponding data types is given in
Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_cycle">2</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>.
When the value is of type <code>character(len=*)</code>,
it is also treated as case insensitive.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node25.html#sec:errors">8</A>
for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>ilev</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, optional, intent(in)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> For the multi-level preconditioner, the level at which the
preconditioner parameter has to be set.
The levels are numbered in increasing
order starting from the finest one, i.e., level 1 is the finest level.
If <code>ilev</code> is not present, the parameter identified by <code>what</code>
is set at all the appropriate levels (see
Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_cycle">2</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>).</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>ilmax</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, optional, intent(in)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> For the multi-level preconditioner, when both
<code>ilev</code> and <code>ilmax</code> are present, the settings
are applied at all levels <code>ilev:ilmax</code>. When
<code>ilev</code> is present but <code>ilmax</code> is not, then
the default is <code>ilmax=ilev</code>.
The levels are numbered in increasing
order starting from the finest one, i.e., level 1 is the finest level. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>pos</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>charater(len=*), optional, intent(in)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Whether the other arguments apply only to the pre-smoother (<code>'PRE'</code>)
or to the post-smoother (<code>'POST'</code>). If <code>pos</code> is not present,
the other arguments are applied to both smoothers.
If the preconditioner is one-level or the parameter identified by <code>what</code>
does not concern the smoothers, <code>pos</code> is ignored.
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">For compatibility with the previous versions of MLD2P4, this routine can be also invoked
as follows:
User Interface
</H1><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The basic user interface of MLD2P4 consists of eight routines. The six
routines <code>init</code>, <code>set</code>,
<code>hierarchy_build</code>, <code>smoothers_build</code>,
<code>bld</code>, and <code>apply</code> encapsulate all the
functionalities for the setup and the application of any multi-level and one-level
preconditioner implemented in the package.
The routine <code>free</code> deallocates the preconditioner data structure, while
<code>descr</code> prints a description of the preconditioner setup by the user.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call mld_precset(p,what,val,info)</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
However, in this case the optional arguments <code>ilev</code>, <code>ilmax</code>, and <code>pos</code>
cannot be used.
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">A variety of preconditioners can be obtained
by a suitable setting of the preconditioner parameters. These parameters
can be logically divided into four groups, i.e., parameters defining
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">All the routines are available as methods of the preconditioner object.
For each routine, the same user interface is overloaded with
respect to the real/ complex case and the single/double precision;
arguments with appropriate data types must be passed to the routine,
i.e.,
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<OL>
<LI>the type of multi-level cycle and how many cycles must be applied;
<UL>
<LI>the sparse matrix data structure, containing the matrix to be
preconditioned, must be of type <code>psb_</code><I>x</I><code>spmat_type</code>
with <I>x</I> = <code>s</code> for real single precision, <I>x</I> = <code>d</code>
for real double precision, <I>x</I> = <code>c</code> for complex single precision,
<I>x</I> = <code>z</code> for complex double precision;
</LI>
<LI>the aggregation algorithm;
<LI>the preconditioner data structure must be of type
<code>mld_</code><I>x</I><code>prec_type</code>, with <I>x</I> =
<code>s</code>, <code>d</code>, <code>c</code>, <code>z</code>, according to the sparse
matrix data structure;
</LI>
<LI>the coarse-space correction at the coarsest level (for multi-level
preconditioners only);
<LI>the arrays containing the vectors <IMG
WIDTH="14" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img72.png"
ALT="$v$"> and <IMG
WIDTH="17" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img73.png"
ALT="$w$"> involved in
the preconditioner application <IMG
WIDTH="82" HEIGHT="21" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img23.png"
ALT="$w=B^{-1}v$"> must be of type
<code>psb_</code><I>x</I><code>vect_type</code> with <I>x</I> =
<code>s</code>, <code>d</code>, <code>c</code>, <code>z</code>, in a manner completely
analogous to the sparse matrix type;
</LI>
<LI>the smoother of the multi-level preconditioners, or the one-level
preconditioner.
<P>
<LI>real parameters defining the preconditioner must be declared
according to the precision of the sparse matrix and preconditioner
data structures (see Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node19.html#sec:precset">6.2</A>).
</LI>
</OL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
A list of the parameters that can be set, along with their allowed and
default values, is given in Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_cycle">2</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>.
For a description of the meaning of the parameters, please
refer also to Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node11.html#sec:background">4</A>.
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Remark 2.</B> A smoother is usually obtained by combining two objects:
a smoother (<code>SMOOTHER_TYPE</code>) and a local solver (<code>SUB_SOLVE</code>),
as specified in Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother">7</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>.
For example, the block-Jacobi smoother using
ILU(0) on the blocks is obtained by combining the block-Jacobi smoother
object with the ILU(0) solver object. Similarly,
the hybrid Gauss-Seidel smoother (see Note in Table&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother">7</A>)
is obtained by combining the block-Jacobi smoother object with a single sweep
of the Gauss-Seidel solver object, while the point-Jacobi smoother is the
result of combining the block-Jacobi smoother object with a single sweep
of the pointwise-Jacobi solver object. However, for simplicity, shortcuts are
provided to set point-Jacobi, hybrid (forward) Gauss-Seidel, and
hybrid backward Gauss-Seidel, i.e., the previous smoothers can be defined
by setting only <code>SMOOTHER_TYPE</code> to appropriate values (see
Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother">7</A>), i.e., without setting
<code>SUB_SOLVE</code> too.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The smoother and solver objects are arranged in a
hierarchical manner. When specifying a smoother object, its parameters,
including the local solver, are set to their default values, and when a solver
object is specified, its defaults are also set, overriding in both
cases any previous settings even if explicitly specified. Therefore if
the user sets a smoother, and wishes to use a solver
different from the default one, the call to set the solver must come
<I>after</I> the call to set the smoother.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">Similar considerations apply to the point-Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel and block-Jacobi
coarsest-level solvers, and shortcuts are available
in this case too (see Table&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_coarse">5</A>).
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Remark 3.</B> In general, a coarsest-level solver cannot be used with
both the replicated and distributed coarsest-matrix layout;
therefore, setting the solver after the layout may change the layout.
Similarly, setting the layout after the solver may change the solver.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">More precisely, UMFPACK and SuperLU require the coarsest-level
matrix to be replicated, while SuperLU_Dist requires it to be distributed.
In these cases, setting the coarsest-level solver implies that
the layout is redefined according to the solver, ovverriding any
previous settings. MUMPS, point-Jacobi,
hybrid Gauss-Seidel and block-Jacobi can be applied to
replicated and distributed matrices, thus their choice
does not modify any previously specified layout.
It is worth noting that, when the matrix is replicated,
the point-Jacobi, hybrid Gauss-Seidel and block-Jacobi solvers
reduce to the corresponding local solver objects (see Remark&nbsp;2).
For the point-Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel solvers, these objects
correspond to a <I>single</I> point-Jacobi sweep and a <I>single</I>
Gauss-Seidel sweep, respectively, which are very poor solvers.
</UL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
A description of each routine is given in the remainder of this section.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">On the other hand, the distributed layout can be used with any solver
but UMFPACK and SuperLU; therefore, if any of these two solvers has already
been selected, the coarsest-level solver is changed to block-Jacobi,
with the previously chosen solver applied to the local blocks.
Likewise, the replicated layout can be used with any solver but SuperLu_Dist;
therefore, if SuperLu_Dist has been previously set, the coarsest-level
solver is changed to the default sequential solver.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="965"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 2:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the multi-level cycle and the number of cycles to
be applied.
</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><code>what</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=68><code>val</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=68><SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=204><SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><code>'ML_CYCLE'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=68><TT>'VCYCLE'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'WCYCLE'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'KCYCLE'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'MULT'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'ADD'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=68><TT>'VCYCLE'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=204>Multi-level cycle: V-cycle, W-cycle, K-cycle, hybrid Multiplicative Schwarz,
and Additive Schwarz.
<P>
Note that hybrid Multiplicative Schwarz is equivalent to V-cycle and
is included for compatibility with previous versions of MLD2P4.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><code>'OUTER_SWEEPS'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><TT>integer</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=68>Any integer
<P>
number <IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img18.png"
ALT="$\ge 1$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=68>1</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=204>Number of multi-level cycles.</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="970"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 3:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the aggregation algorithm.
</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>what</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><code>val</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82><SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196><SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'MIN_COARSE_SIZE'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>integer</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65>Any number
<P>
<IMG
WIDTH="32" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img19.png"
ALT="$&gt; 0$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82><!-- MATH
$\lfloor 40 \sqrt[3]{n} \rfloor$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="38" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img20.png"
ALT="$\lfloor 40 \sqrt[3]{n} \rfloor$">, where <IMG
WIDTH="15" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img21.png"
ALT="$n$"> is the dimension
of the matrix at the finest level</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196>Coarse size threshold. The aggregation stops
if the global number of variables of the
computed coarsest matrix
is lower than or equal to this threshold
(see Note).</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'MIN_CR_RATIO'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>real</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65>Any number
<P>
<IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img22.png"
ALT="$&gt; 1$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82>1.5</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196>Minimum coarsening ratio. The aggregation stops
if the ratio between the matrix dimensions
at two consecutive levels is lower than or equal to this
threshold (see Note).</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'MAX_LEVS'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>integer</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65>Any integer
<P>
number <IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img22.png"
ALT="$&gt; 1$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82>20</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196>Maximum number of levels. The aggregation stops
if the number of levels reaches this value (see Note).</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'PAR_AGGR'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><TT>'DEC'</TT>, <TT>'SYMDEC'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82><TT>'DEC'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196>Parallel aggregation algorithm.
<P>
Currently, only the
decoupled aggregation (<code>DEC</code>) is available; the
<code>SYMDEC</code> option applies decoupled
aggregation to the sparsity pattern
of <IMG
WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="40" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img23.png"
ALT="$A+A^T$">.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'AGGR_TYPE'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><B><TT>'VMB'</TT></B></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82><B><TT>'VMB'</TT></B></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196>Type of aggregation algorithm: currently, the scalar aggregation
algorithm by Vanek, Mandel and Brezina is implemented
[<A
HREF="node27.html#VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>].</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'AGGR_PROL'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><TT>'SMOOTHED'</TT>, <TT>'UNSMOOTHED'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82><TT>'SMOOTHED'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196>Prolongator used by the aggregation algorithm: smoothed or unsmoothed
(i.e., tentative prolongator).</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5><B>Note.</B> The aggregation algorithm stops when
at least one of the following criteria is met:
the coarse size threshold, the</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5>maximum coarsening ratio, or the maximum number
of levels is reached. Therefore, the actual number of levels may be</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5>smaller than the specified maximum number
of levels.</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="974"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 4:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the aggregation algorithm (continued).
</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=108><code>what</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><code>val</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=187><SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=108><code>'AGGR_ORD'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><TT>'NATURAL'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'DEGREE'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><TT>'NATURAL'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=187>Initial ordering of indices for the aggregation
algorithm: either natural ordering or sorted by
descending degrees of the nodes in the
matrix graph.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=108><code>'AGGR_THRESH'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>real(</code><I>kind_parameter</I><code>)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71>Any&nbsp;real
<P>
number&nbsp;<IMG
WIDTH="56" HEIGHT="36" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img24.png"
ALT="$\in [0, 1]$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65>0.05</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=187>The threshold <IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img25.png"
ALT="$\theta$"> in the aggregation algorithm,
see (<A HREF="#eq:strongly_coup">3</A>) in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="#sec:aggregation">4.2</A>.
See also the note at the bottom of this table.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=108><code>'AGGR_FILTER'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><TT>'FILTER'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'NOFILTER'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><TT>'NOFILTER'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=187>Matrix used in computing the smoothed
prolongator: filtered or unfiltered (see&nbsp;(<A HREF="#eq:filtered">4</A>) in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="#sec:aggregation">4.2</A>).</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5><B>Note.</B> Different thresholds at different levels, such as
those used in [<A
HREF="node27.html#VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>, Section&nbsp;5.1], can be easily set by
invoking the rou-</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5>tine <TT>set</TT> with
the parameter <TT>ilev</TT>.</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="979"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 5:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the coarse-space correction at the coarsest
level.</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>what</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48><code>val</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48><SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=244><SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'COARSE_MAT'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48><TT>'DIST'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'REPL'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48><TT>'REPL'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=244>Coarsest matrix layout: distributed among the processes or
replicated on each of them.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'COARSE_SOLVE'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48><TT>'MUMPS'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'UMF'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'SLU'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'SLUDIST'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'JACOBI'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'GS'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'BJAC'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48>See&nbsp;Note.</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=244>Solver used at the coarsest level: sequential
LU from MUMPS, UMFPACK, or SuperLU
(plus triangular solve);
distributed LU from MUMPS or SuperLU_Dist
(plus triangular solve);
point-Jacobi, hybrid Gauss-Seidel or block-Jacobi.
<P>
Note that <TT>UMF</TT> and <TT>SLU</TT> require the coarsest
matrix to be replicated, <TT>SLUDIST</TT>, <TT>JACOBI</TT>,
<TT>GS</TT> and <TT>BJAC</TT> require it to be
distributed, <TT>MUMPS</TT> can be used with either
a replicated or a distributed matrix. When any of the previous
solvers is specified, the matrix layout is set to a default
value
which allows the use
value UMFPACK and SuperLU_Dist
are available only in double precision.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'COARSE_SUBSOLVE'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48><TT>'ILU'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'ILUT'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'MILU'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'MUMPS'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'SLU'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'UMF'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48>See&nbsp;Note.</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=244>Solver for the diagonal blocks of the coarse matrix,
in case the block Jacobi solver
is chosen as coarsest-level solver: ILU(<IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img26.png"
ALT="$p$">), ILU(<IMG
WIDTH="27" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img27.png"
ALT="$p,t$">),
MILU(<IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img26.png"
ALT="$p$">), LU from MUMPS, SuperLU or UMFPACK
(plus triangular solve).
Note that UMFPACK and SuperLU_Dist
are available only in double precision.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5><B>Note.</B> Defaults for <TT>COARSE_SOLVE</TT> and
<TT>COARSE_SUBSOLVE</TT> are chosen in the following order:</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5>single precision version - <TT>MUMPS</TT> if installed,
then <TT>SLU</TT> if installed,
<TT>ILU</TT> otherwise;</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5>double precision version - <TT>UMF</TT> if installed,
then <TT>MUMPS</TT> if installed, then <TT>SLU</TT> if
installed, <TT>ILU</TT> otherwise.</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="981"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 6:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the coarse-space correction at the coarsest
level (continued).</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>what</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=57><code>val</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=43><SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=213><SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'COARSE_SWEEPS'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>integer</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=57>Any integer
<P>
number <IMG
WIDTH="32" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img19.png"
ALT="$&gt; 0$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=43>10</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=213>Number of sweeps when <code>JACOBI</code>, <code>GS</code> or <code>BJAC</code>
is chosen as coarsest-level solver.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'COARSE_FILLIN'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>integer</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=57>Any integer
<P>
number <IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img28.png"
ALT="$\ge 0$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=43>0</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=213>Fill-in level <IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img26.png"
ALT="$p$"> of the ILU factorizations.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'COARSE_ILUTHRS'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>real(</code><I>kind_parameter</I><code>)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=57>Any real
<P>
number <IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img28.png"
ALT="$\ge 0$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=43>0</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=213>Drop tolerance <IMG
WIDTH="11" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img29.png"
ALT="$t$"> in the ILU(<IMG
WIDTH="27" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img27.png"
ALT="$p,t$">) factorization.</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="983"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 7:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the smoother or the details of the one-level preconditioner.
</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1">
<code>what</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=54><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>val</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=184><FONT SIZE="-1">
<SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL> </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SMOOTHER_TYPE'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>character(len=*)</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=54><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'JACOBI'</code> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><code>'GS'</code> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><code>'BGS'</code> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><code>'BJAC'</code>
</FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><code>'AS'</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'FBGS'</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=184><FONT SIZE="-1"> Type of smoother used in the multi-level preconditioner:
point-Jacobi, hybrid (forward) Gauss-Seidel,
hybrid backward Gauss-Seidel, block-Jacobi, and
Additive Schwarz. </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1">It is ignored by one-level preconditioners. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SUB_SOLVE'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>character(len=*)</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=54><FONT SIZE="-1"> <TT>'JACOBI'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'GS'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'BGS'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'ILU'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'ILUT'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'MILU'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'MUMPS'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'SLU'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'UMF'</TT>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <TT>GS</TT> and <TT>BGS</TT> for pre- and post-smoothers
of multi-level preconditioners, respectively </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>ILU</TT> for block-Jacobi and Additive Schwarz
one-level preconditioners
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=184><FONT SIZE="-1"> The local solver to be used with the smoother or one-level
preconditioner (see Remark&nbsp;2, page&nbsp;24): point-Jacobi,
hybrid (forward) Gauss-Seidel, hybrid backward
Gauss-Seidel, ILU(<IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img26.png"
ALT="$p$">), ILU(<IMG
WIDTH="27" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img27.png"
ALT="$p,t$">), MILU(<IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img26.png"
ALT="$p$">),
LU from MUMPS, SuperLU or UMFPACK
(plus triangular solve). See Note for details on hybrid
Gauss-Seidel. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SMOOTHER_SWEEPS'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>integer</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=54><FONT SIZE="-1"> Any integer </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1">number&nbsp;<IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img28.png"
ALT="$\ge 0$">
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> 1
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=184><FONT SIZE="-1"> Number of sweeps of the smoother or one-level preconditioner.
In the multi-level case, no pre-smother or
post-smoother is used if this parameter is set to 0
together with <code>pos='PRE'</code> or <code>pos='POST</code>,
respectively. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SUB_OVR'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>integer</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=54><FONT SIZE="-1"> Any integer </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1">number&nbsp;<IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img28.png"
ALT="$\ge 0$">
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> 1
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=184><FONT SIZE="-1"> Number of overlap layers, for Additive Schwarz only. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="985"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 8:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the smoother or the details of the one-level preconditioner
(continued).</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=85><FONT SIZE="-1">
<code>what</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>val</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=62><FONT SIZE="-1"> <SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=201><FONT SIZE="-1">
<SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL> </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=85><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SUB_RESTR'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>character(len=*)</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><FONT SIZE="-1"> <TT>'HALO'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'NONE'</TT>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=62><FONT SIZE="-1"> <TT>'HALO'</TT>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=201><FONT SIZE="-1"> Type of restriction operator, for Additive Schwarz only:
<TT>HALO</TT> for taking into account the overlap, <TT>NONE</TT>
for neglecting it. </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1">Note that <TT>HALO</TT> must be chosen for
the classical Addditive Schwarz smoother and its RAS variant.</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=85><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SUB_PROL'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>character(len=*)</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><FONT SIZE="-1"> <TT>'SUM'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'NONE'</TT>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=62><FONT SIZE="-1"> <TT>'NONE'</TT>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=201><FONT SIZE="-1"> Type of prolongation operator, for Additive Schwarz only:
<TT>SUM</TT> for adding the contributions from the overlap, <TT>NONE</TT>
for neglecting them. </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1">Note that <TT>SUM</TT> must be chosen for the classical Additive
Schwarz smoother, and <TT>NONE</TT> for its RAS variant. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=85><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SUB_FILLIN'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>integer</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><FONT SIZE="-1"> Any integer </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1">number&nbsp;<IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img28.png"
ALT="$\ge 0$">
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=62><FONT SIZE="-1"> 0
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=201><FONT SIZE="-1"> Fill-in level <IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img26.png"
ALT="$p$"> of the incomplete LU factorizations. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=85><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SUB_ILUTHRS'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>real(</code><I>kind_parameter</I><code>)</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><FONT SIZE="-1"> Any real number&nbsp;<IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img28.png"
ALT="$\ge 0$">
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=62><FONT SIZE="-1"> 0
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=201><FONT SIZE="-1"> Drop tolerance <IMG
WIDTH="11" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img29.png"
ALT="$t$"> in the ILU(<IMG
WIDTH="27" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img27.png"
ALT="$p,t$">) factorization. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=85><FONT SIZE="-1"> </FONT></TD>
<TD></TD>
<TD></TD>
<TD></TD>
<TD></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><HR>
<BR><HR>
<!--Table of Child-Links-->
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html288"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine init</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html289"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine set</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html290"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html291"
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html292"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html293"
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine apply</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html294"
HREF="node24.html">Subroutine free</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html295"
HREF="node25.html">Subroutine descr</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html287"
<A NAME="tex2html286"
HREF="node18.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html283"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html282"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html277"
<A NAME="tex2html276"
HREF="node16.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html285"
<A NAME="tex2html284"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html288"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine build</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html284"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html278"
HREF="node16.html">Subroutine init</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html286"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html287"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine init</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html283"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html277"
HREF="node16.html">Examples</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html285"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Subroutine build</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine build">
<TITLE>Subroutine init</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine init">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -20,50 +20,49 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node19.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node17.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node17.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node19.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html299"
<A NAME="tex2html306"
HREF="node19.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html295"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html302"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html289"
<A NAME="tex2html296"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html297"
<A NAME="tex2html304"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html300"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html296"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html290"
HREF="node17.html">Subroutine set</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html298"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html307"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine set</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html303"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html297"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html305"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00083000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:precbld"></A>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00081000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:precinit"></A>
<BR>
Subroutine build
Subroutine init
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%build(a,desc_a,info)</code>
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%init(ptype,info)</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
This routine builds the one-level preconditioner <code>p</code> according to the requirements
made by the user through the routines <code>init</code> and <code>set</code>
(see Sections&nbsp;<A HREF="node19.html#sec:hier_bld">6.4</A> and&nbsp;<A HREF="node20.html#sec:smooth_bld">6.5</A> for multi-level preconditioners).
This routine allocates and initializes the preconditioner
<code>p</code>, according to the preconditioner type chosen by the user.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Arguments</B></FONT> </FONT></FONT></FONT>
@ -71,34 +70,25 @@ made by the user through the routines <code>init</code> and <code>set</code>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><TABLE CELLPADDING=3>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>a</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>type(psb_</code><I>x</I><code>spmat_type), intent(in)</code>. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>ptype</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>character(len=*), intent(in)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The sparse matrix structure containing the local part of the
matrix to be preconditioned. Note that <I>x</I> must be chosen according
to the real/complex, single/double precision version of MLD2P4 under use.
See the PSBLAS User's Guide for details [<A
HREF="node27.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>desc_a</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>type(psb_desc_type), intent(in)</code>. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The type of preconditioner. Its values are specified
in Table&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:precinit">1</A>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The communication descriptor of <code>a</code>. See the PSBLAS User's Guide for
details [<A
HREF="node27.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Note that the strings are case insensitive.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node25.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node27.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
@ -107,37 +97,33 @@ as follows:
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call mld_precbld(p,what,val,info)</code>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call mld_precinit(p,ptype,info)</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
In this case, the routine can be used to build multi-level preconditioners too.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html299"
<A NAME="tex2html306"
HREF="node19.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html295"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html302"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html289"
<A NAME="tex2html296"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html297"
<A NAME="tex2html304"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html300"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html296"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html290"
HREF="node17.html">Subroutine set</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html298"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html307"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine set</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html303"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html297"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html305"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Subroutine hierarchy_build</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine hierarchy_build">
<TITLE>Subroutine set</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine set">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -20,50 +20,50 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node20.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node18.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node17.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node20.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html311"
<A NAME="tex2html318"
HREF="node20.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html307"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html314"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html301"
<A NAME="tex2html308"
HREF="node18.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html309"
<A NAME="tex2html316"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html312"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html308"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html302"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine build</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html310"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html319"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine build</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html315"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html309"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine init</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html317"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00084000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:hier_bld"></A>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00082000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:precset"></A>
<BR>
Subroutine hierarchy_build
Subroutine set
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%hierarchy_build(a,desc_a,info)</code>
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%set(what,val,info [,ilev, ilmax, pos])</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
This routine builds the hierarchy of matrices and restriction/prolongation
operators for the multi-level preconditioner <code>p</code>, according to the requirements
made by the user through the routines <code>init</code> and <code>set</code>.
This routine sets the parameters defining the preconditioner <code>p</code>. More
precisely, the parameter identified by <code>what</code> is assigned the value
contained in <code>val</code>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Arguments</B></FONT> </FONT></FONT></FONT>
@ -71,62 +71,835 @@ made by the user through the routines <code>init</code> and <code>set</code>.
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><TABLE CELLPADDING=3>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>a</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>type(psb_</code><I>x</I><code>spmat_type), intent(in)</code>. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>what</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>character(len=*)</code>. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The sparse matrix structure containing the local part of the
matrix to be preconditioned. Note that <I>x</I> must be chosen according
to the real/complex,
single/double precision version of MLD2P4 under use.
See the PSBLAS User's Guide for details [<A
HREF="node27.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The parameter to be set. It can be specified through its name;
the string is case-insensitive. See
Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_cycle">2</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>desc_a</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>type(psb_desc_type), intent(in)</code>. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>val </code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer</code> <I>or</I> <code>character(len=*)</code> <I>or</I>
<code>real(psb_spk_)</code> <I>or</I> <code>real(psb_dpk_)</code>,
<code>intent(in)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The communication descriptor of <code>a</code>. See the PSBLAS User's Guide for
details [<A
HREF="node27.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The value of the parameter to be set. The list of allowed
values and the corresponding data types is given in
Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_cycle">2</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>.
When the value is of type <code>character(len=*)</code>,
it is also treated as case insensitive.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node25.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node27.html#sec:errors">8</A>
for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>ilev</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, optional, intent(in)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> For the multi-level preconditioner, the level at which the
preconditioner parameter has to be set.
The levels are numbered in increasing
order starting from the finest one, i.e., level 1 is the finest level.
If <code>ilev</code> is not present, the parameter identified by <code>what</code>
is set at all the appropriate levels (see
Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_cycle">2</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>).</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>ilmax</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, optional, intent(in)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> For the multi-level preconditioner, when both
<code>ilev</code> and <code>ilmax</code> are present, the settings
are applied at all levels <code>ilev:ilmax</code>. When
<code>ilev</code> is present but <code>ilmax</code> is not, then
the default is <code>ilmax=ilev</code>.
The levels are numbered in increasing
order starting from the finest one, i.e., level 1 is the finest level. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>pos</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>charater(len=*), optional, intent(in)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Whether the other arguments apply only to the pre-smoother (<code>'PRE'</code>)
or to the post-smoother (<code>'POST'</code>). If <code>pos</code> is not present,
the other arguments are applied to both smoothers.
If the preconditioner is one-level or the parameter identified by <code>what</code>
does not concern the smoothers, <code>pos</code> is ignored.
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">For compatibility with the previous versions of MLD2P4, this routine can be also invoked
as follows:
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call mld_precset(p,what,val,info)</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
However, in this case the optional arguments <code>ilev</code>, <code>ilmax</code>, and <code>pos</code>
cannot be used.
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">A variety of preconditioners can be obtained
by a suitable setting of the preconditioner parameters. These parameters
can be logically divided into four groups, i.e., parameters defining
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<OL>
<LI>the type of multi-level cycle and how many cycles must be applied;
</LI>
<LI>the aggregation algorithm;
</LI>
<LI>the coarse-space correction at the coarsest level (for multi-level
preconditioners only);
</LI>
<LI>the smoother of the multi-level preconditioners, or the one-level
preconditioner.
<P>
</LI>
</OL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
A list of the parameters that can be set, along with their allowed and
default values, is given in Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_cycle">2</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>.
For a description of the meaning of the parameters, please
refer also to Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node11.html#sec:background">4</A>.
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Remark 2.</B> A smoother is usually obtained by combining two objects:
a smoother (<code>SMOOTHER_TYPE</code>) and a local solver (<code>SUB_SOLVE</code>),
as specified in Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother">7</A>-<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother_1">8</A>.
For example, the block-Jacobi smoother using
ILU(0) on the blocks is obtained by combining the block-Jacobi smoother
object with the ILU(0) solver object. Similarly,
the hybrid Gauss-Seidel smoother (see Note in Table&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother">7</A>)
is obtained by combining the block-Jacobi smoother object with a single sweep
of the Gauss-Seidel solver object, while the point-Jacobi smoother is the
result of combining the block-Jacobi smoother object with a single sweep
of the pointwise-Jacobi solver object. However, for simplicity, shortcuts are
provided to set point-Jacobi, hybrid (forward) Gauss-Seidel, and
hybrid backward Gauss-Seidel, i.e., the previous smoothers can be defined
by setting only <code>SMOOTHER_TYPE</code> to appropriate values (see
Tables&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_smoother">7</A>), i.e., without setting
<code>SUB_SOLVE</code> too.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The smoother and solver objects are arranged in a
hierarchical manner. When specifying a smoother object, its parameters,
including the local solver, are set to their default values, and when a solver
object is specified, its defaults are also set, overriding in both
cases any previous settings even if explicitly specified. Therefore if
the user sets a smoother, and wishes to use a solver
different from the default one, the call to set the solver must come
<I>after</I> the call to set the smoother.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">Similar considerations apply to the point-Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel and block-Jacobi
coarsest-level solvers, and shortcuts are available
in this case too (see Table&nbsp;<A HREF="#tab:p_coarse">5</A>).
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Remark 3.</B> In general, a coarsest-level solver cannot be used with
both the replicated and distributed coarsest-matrix layout;
therefore, setting the solver after the layout may change the layout.
Similarly, setting the layout after the solver may change the solver.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">More precisely, UMFPACK and SuperLU require the coarsest-level
matrix to be replicated, while SuperLU_Dist requires it to be distributed.
In these cases, setting the coarsest-level solver implies that
the layout is redefined according to the solver, ovverriding any
previous settings. MUMPS, point-Jacobi,
hybrid Gauss-Seidel and block-Jacobi can be applied to
replicated and distributed matrices, thus their choice
does not modify any previously specified layout.
It is worth noting that, when the matrix is replicated,
the point-Jacobi, hybrid Gauss-Seidel and block-Jacobi solvers
reduce to the corresponding local solver objects (see Remark&nbsp;2).
For the point-Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel solvers, these objects
correspond to a <I>single</I> point-Jacobi sweep and a <I>single</I>
Gauss-Seidel sweep, respectively, which are very poor solvers.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">On the other hand, the distributed layout can be used with any solver
but UMFPACK and SuperLU; therefore, if any of these two solvers has already
been selected, the coarsest-level solver is changed to block-Jacobi,
with the previously chosen solver applied to the local blocks.
Likewise, the replicated layout can be used with any solver but SuperLu_Dist;
therefore, if SuperLu_Dist has been previously set, the coarsest-level
solver is changed to the default sequential solver.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="1290"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 2:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the multi-level cycle and the number of cycles to
be applied.
</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><code>what</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=68><code>val</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=68><SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=204><SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><code>'ML_CYCLE'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=68><TT>'VCYCLE'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'WCYCLE'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'KCYCLE'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'MULT'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'ADD'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=68><TT>'VCYCLE'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=204>Multi-level cycle: V-cycle, W-cycle, K-cycle, hybrid Multiplicative Schwarz,
and Additive Schwarz.
<P>
Note that hybrid Multiplicative Schwarz is equivalent to V-cycle and
is included for compatibility with previous versions of MLD2P4.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><code>'OUTER_SWEEPS'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><TT>integer</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=68>Any integer
<P>
number <IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img74.png"
ALT="$\ge 1$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=68>1</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=204>Number of multi-level cycles.</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="1295"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 3:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the aggregation algorithm.
</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>what</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><code>val</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82><SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196><SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'MIN_COARSE_SIZE'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>integer</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65>Any number
<P>
<IMG
WIDTH="32" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img75.png"
ALT="$&gt; 0$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82><!-- MATH
$\lfloor 40 \sqrt[3]{n} \rfloor$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="38" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img76.png"
ALT="$\lfloor 40 \sqrt[3]{n} \rfloor$">, where <IMG
WIDTH="15" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img77.png"
ALT="$n$"> is the dimension
of the matrix at the finest level</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196>Coarse size threshold. The aggregation stops
if the global number of variables of the
computed coarsest matrix
is lower than or equal to this threshold
(see Note).</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'MIN_CR_RATIO'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>real</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65>Any number
<P>
<IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img78.png"
ALT="$&gt; 1$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82>1.5</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196>Minimum coarsening ratio. The aggregation stops
if the ratio between the matrix dimensions
at two consecutive levels is lower than or equal to this
threshold (see Note).</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'MAX_LEVS'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>integer</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65>Any integer
<P>
number <IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img78.png"
ALT="$&gt; 1$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82>20</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196>Maximum number of levels. The aggregation stops
if the number of levels reaches this value (see Note).</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'PAR_AGGR'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><TT>'DEC'</TT>, <TT>'SYMDEC'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82><TT>'DEC'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196>Parallel aggregation algorithm.
<P>
Currently, only the
decoupled aggregation (<code>DEC</code>) is available; the
<code>SYMDEC</code> option applies decoupled
aggregation to the sparsity pattern
of <IMG
WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="40" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img79.png"
ALT="$A+A^T$">.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'AGGR_TYPE'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><B><TT>'VMB'</TT></B></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82><B><TT>'VMB'</TT></B></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196>Type of aggregation algorithm: currently, the scalar aggregation
algorithm by Vanek, Mandel and Brezina is implemented
[<A
HREF="node29.html#VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>].</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'AGGR_PROL'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><TT>'SMOOTHED'</TT>, <TT>'UNSMOOTHED'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=82><TT>'SMOOTHED'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=196>Prolongator used by the aggregation algorithm: smoothed or unsmoothed
(i.e., tentative prolongator).</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5><B>Note.</B> The aggregation algorithm stops when
at least one of the following criteria is met:
the coarse size threshold, the</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5>maximum coarsening ratio, or the maximum number
of levels is reached. Therefore, the actual number of levels may be</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5>smaller than the specified maximum number
of levels.</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="1299"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 4:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the aggregation algorithm (continued).
</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=108><code>what</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><code>val</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=187><SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=108><code>'AGGR_ORD'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><TT>'NATURAL'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'DEGREE'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><TT>'NATURAL'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=187>Initial ordering of indices for the aggregation
algorithm: either natural ordering or sorted by
descending degrees of the nodes in the
matrix graph.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=108><code>'AGGR_THRESH'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>real(</code><I>kind_parameter</I><code>)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71>Any&nbsp;real
<P>
number&nbsp;<IMG
WIDTH="56" HEIGHT="36" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img80.png"
ALT="$\in [0, 1]$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65>0.05</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=187>The threshold <IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="16" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img81.png"
ALT="$\theta$"> in the aggregation algorithm,
see (<A HREF="node13.html#eq:strongly_coup">3</A>) in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node13.html#sec:aggregation">4.2</A>.
See also the note at the bottom of this table.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=108><code>'AGGR_FILTER'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><TT>'FILTER'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'NOFILTER'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=65><TT>'NOFILTER'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=187>Matrix used in computing the smoothed
prolongator: filtered or unfiltered (see&nbsp;(<A HREF="node13.html#eq:filtered">5</A>) in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node13.html#sec:aggregation">4.2</A>).</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5><B>Note.</B> Different thresholds at different levels, such as
those used in [<A
HREF="node29.html#VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>, Section&nbsp;5.1], can be easily set by
invoking the rou-</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5>tine <TT>set</TT> with
the parameter <TT>ilev</TT>.</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="1304"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 5:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the coarse-space correction at the coarsest
level.</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>what</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48><code>val</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48><SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=244><SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'COARSE_MAT'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48><TT>'DIST'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'REPL'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48><TT>'REPL'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=244>Coarsest matrix layout: distributed among the processes or
replicated on each of them.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'COARSE_SOLVE'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48><TT>'MUMPS'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'UMF'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'SLU'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'SLUDIST'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'JACOBI'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'GS'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'BJAC'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48>See&nbsp;Note.</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=244>Solver used at the coarsest level: sequential
LU from MUMPS, UMFPACK, or SuperLU
(plus triangular solve);
distributed LU from MUMPS or SuperLU_Dist
(plus triangular solve);
point-Jacobi, hybrid Gauss-Seidel or block-Jacobi.
<P>
Note that <TT>UMF</TT> and <TT>SLU</TT> require the coarsest
matrix to be replicated, <TT>SLUDIST</TT>, <TT>JACOBI</TT>,
<TT>GS</TT> and <TT>BJAC</TT> require it to be
distributed, <TT>MUMPS</TT> can be used with either
a replicated or a distributed matrix. When any of the previous
solvers is specified, the matrix layout is set to a default
value
which allows the use
value UMFPACK and SuperLU_Dist
are available only in double precision.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'COARSE_SUBSOLVE'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>character(len=*)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48><TT>'ILU'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'ILUT'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'MILU'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'MUMPS'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'SLU'</TT>
<P>
<TT>'UMF'</TT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=48>See&nbsp;Note.</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=244>Solver for the diagonal blocks of the coarse matrix,
in case the block Jacobi solver
is chosen as coarsest-level solver: ILU(<IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img82.png"
ALT="$p$">), ILU(<IMG
WIDTH="27" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img83.png"
ALT="$p,t$">),
MILU(<IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img82.png"
ALT="$p$">), LU from MUMPS, SuperLU or UMFPACK
(plus triangular solve).
Note that UMFPACK and SuperLU_Dist
are available only in double precision.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5><B>Note.</B> Defaults for <TT>COARSE_SOLVE</TT> and
<TT>COARSE_SUBSOLVE</TT> are chosen in the following order:</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5>single precision version - <TT>MUMPS</TT> if installed,
then <TT>SLU</TT> if installed,
<TT>ILU</TT> otherwise;</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" COLSPAN=5>double precision version - <TT>UMF</TT> if installed,
then <TT>MUMPS</TT> if installed, then <TT>SLU</TT> if
installed, <TT>ILU</TT> otherwise.</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="1306"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 6:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the coarse-space correction at the coarsest
level (continued).</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>what</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=57><code>val</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=43><SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=213><SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'COARSE_SWEEPS'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>integer</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=57>Any integer
<P>
number <IMG
WIDTH="32" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img75.png"
ALT="$&gt; 0$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=43>10</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=213>Number of sweeps when <code>JACOBI</code>, <code>GS</code> or <code>BJAC</code>
is chosen as coarsest-level solver.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'COARSE_FILLIN'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>integer</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=57>Any integer
<P>
number <IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img84.png"
ALT="$\ge 0$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=43>0</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=213>Fill-in level <IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img82.png"
ALT="$p$"> of the ILU factorizations.</TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=111><code>'COARSE_ILUTHRS'</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><code>real(</code><I>kind_parameter</I><code>)</code></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=57>Any real
<P>
number <IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img84.png"
ALT="$\ge 0$"></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=43>0</TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=213>Drop tolerance <IMG
WIDTH="11" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img85.png"
ALT="$t$"> in the ILU(<IMG
WIDTH="27" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img83.png"
ALT="$p,t$">) factorization.</TD>
</TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="1308"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 7:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the smoother or the details of the one-level preconditioner.
</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1">
<code>what</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=54><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>val</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=184><FONT SIZE="-1">
<SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL> </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SMOOTHER_TYPE'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>character(len=*)</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=54><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'JACOBI'</code> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><code>'GS'</code> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><code>'BGS'</code> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><code>'BJAC'</code>
</FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><code>'AS'</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'FBGS'</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=184><FONT SIZE="-1"> Type of smoother used in the multi-level preconditioner:
point-Jacobi, hybrid (forward) Gauss-Seidel,
hybrid backward Gauss-Seidel, block-Jacobi, and
Additive Schwarz. </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1">It is ignored by one-level preconditioners. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SUB_SOLVE'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>character(len=*)</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=54><FONT SIZE="-1"> <TT>'JACOBI'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'GS'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'BGS'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'ILU'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'ILUT'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'MILU'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'MUMPS'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'SLU'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'UMF'</TT>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <TT>GS</TT> and <TT>BGS</TT> for pre- and post-smoothers
of multi-level preconditioners, respectively </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>ILU</TT> for block-Jacobi and Additive Schwarz
one-level preconditioners
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=184><FONT SIZE="-1"> The local solver to be used with the smoother or one-level
preconditioner (see Remark&nbsp;2, page&nbsp;24): point-Jacobi,
hybrid (forward) Gauss-Seidel, hybrid backward
Gauss-Seidel, ILU(<IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img82.png"
ALT="$p$">), ILU(<IMG
WIDTH="27" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img83.png"
ALT="$p,t$">), MILU(<IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img82.png"
ALT="$p$">),
LU from MUMPS, SuperLU or UMFPACK
(plus triangular solve). See Note for details on hybrid
Gauss-Seidel. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SMOOTHER_SWEEPS'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>integer</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=54><FONT SIZE="-1"> Any integer </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1">number&nbsp;<IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img84.png"
ALT="$\ge 0$">
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> 1
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=184><FONT SIZE="-1"> Number of sweeps of the smoother or one-level preconditioner.
In the multi-level case, no pre-smother or
post-smoother is used if this parameter is set to 0
together with <code>pos='PRE'</code> or <code>pos='POST</code>,
respectively. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SUB_OVR'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>integer</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=54><FONT SIZE="-1"> Any integer </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1">number&nbsp;<IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img84.png"
ALT="$\ge 0$">
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=102><FONT SIZE="-1"> 1
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=184><FONT SIZE="-1"> Number of overlap layers, for Additive Schwarz only. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><P></P>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><A NAME="1310"></A>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION><STRONG>Table 8:</STRONG>
Parameters defining the smoother or the details of the one-level preconditioner
(continued).</CAPTION>
<TR><TD>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<TABLE CELLPADDING=3 BORDER="1" ALIGN="CENTER">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=85><FONT SIZE="-1">
<code>what</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <SMALL>DATA TYPE</SMALL> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>val</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=62><FONT SIZE="-1"> <SMALL>DEFAULT</SMALL> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=201><FONT SIZE="-1">
<SMALL>COMMENTS</SMALL> </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=85><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SUB_RESTR'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>character(len=*)</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><FONT SIZE="-1"> <TT>'HALO'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'NONE'</TT>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=62><FONT SIZE="-1"> <TT>'HALO'</TT>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=201><FONT SIZE="-1"> Type of restriction operator, for Additive Schwarz only:
<TT>HALO</TT> for taking into account the overlap, <TT>NONE</TT>
for neglecting it. </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1">Note that <TT>HALO</TT> must be chosen for
the classical Addditive Schwarz smoother and its RAS variant.</FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=85><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SUB_PROL'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>character(len=*)</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><FONT SIZE="-1"> <TT>'SUM'</TT> </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1"><TT>'NONE'</TT>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=62><FONT SIZE="-1"> <TT>'NONE'</TT>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=201><FONT SIZE="-1"> Type of prolongation operator, for Additive Schwarz only:
<TT>SUM</TT> for adding the contributions from the overlap, <TT>NONE</TT>
for neglecting them. </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1">Note that <TT>SUM</TT> must be chosen for the classical Additive
Schwarz smoother, and <TT>NONE</TT> for its RAS variant. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=85><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SUB_FILLIN'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>integer</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><FONT SIZE="-1"> Any integer </FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="-1">number&nbsp;<IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img84.png"
ALT="$\ge 0$">
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=62><FONT SIZE="-1"> 0
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=201><FONT SIZE="-1"> Fill-in level <IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img82.png"
ALT="$p$"> of the incomplete LU factorizations. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=85><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>'SUB_ILUTHRS'</code> </FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT"><FONT SIZE="-1"> <code>real(</code><I>kind_parameter</I><code>)</code>
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=71><FONT SIZE="-1"> Any real number&nbsp;<IMG
WIDTH="31" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img84.png"
ALT="$\ge 0$">
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=62><FONT SIZE="-1"> 0
</FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=201><FONT SIZE="-1"> Drop tolerance <IMG
WIDTH="11" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img85.png"
ALT="$t$"> in the ILU(<IMG
WIDTH="27" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img83.png"
ALT="$p,t$">) factorization. </FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=85><FONT SIZE="-1"> </FONT></TD>
<TD></TD>
<TD></TD>
<TD></TD>
<TD></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE></DIV>
</TD></TR>
</TABLE>
</DIV><P></P>
<BR><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html311"
<A NAME="tex2html318"
HREF="node20.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html307"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html314"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html301"
<A NAME="tex2html308"
HREF="node18.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html309"
<A NAME="tex2html316"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html312"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html308"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html302"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine build</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html310"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html319"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine build</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html315"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html309"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine init</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html317"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -26,21 +26,21 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html73"
<A NAME="tex2html76"
HREF="node3.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html71"
<A NAME="tex2html74"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html65"
<A NAME="tex2html68"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html74"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html77"
HREF="node3.html">General Overview</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html72"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html75"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html66"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html69"
HREF="node1.html">Abstract</A>
<BR>
<BR>
@ -53,68 +53,72 @@ Contents</A>
<!--Table of Contents-->
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html75"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html78"
HREF="node3.html">General Overview</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html76"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html79"
HREF="node4.html">Code Distribution</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html77"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html80"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html78"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html81"
HREF="node6.html">Prerequisites</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html79"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html82"
HREF="node7.html">Optional third party libraries</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html80"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html83"
HREF="node8.html">Configuration options</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html81"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html84"
HREF="node9.html">Bug reporting</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html82"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html85"
HREF="node10.html">Example and test programs</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html83"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html86"
HREF="node11.html">Multigrid Background</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html84"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html87"
HREF="node12.html">AMG preconditioners</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html88"
HREF="node13.html">Smoothed Aggregation</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html89"
HREF="node14.html">Smoothers and coarsest-level solvers</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html85"
HREF="node13.html">Getting Started</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html90"
HREF="node15.html">Getting Started</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html86"
HREF="node14.html">Examples</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html91"
HREF="node16.html">Examples</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html87"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html88"
HREF="node16.html">Subroutine init</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html89"
HREF="node17.html">Subroutine set</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html90"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html91"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html92"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html93"
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine apply</A>
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine init</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html94"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine free</A>
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine set</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html95"
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine descr</A>
</UL>
<BR>
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html96"
HREF="node24.html">Adding new smoother and solver objects to MLD2P4</A>
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html97"
HREF="node25.html">Error Handling</A>
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html98"
HREF="node26.html">License</A>
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine apply</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html99"
HREF="node27.html">Bibliography</A>
HREF="node24.html">Subroutine free</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html100"
HREF="node25.html">Subroutine descr</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html101"
HREF="node26.html">Adding new smoother and solver objects to MLD2P4</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html102"
HREF="node27.html">Error Handling</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html103"
HREF="node28.html">License</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html104"
HREF="node29.html">Bibliography</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Contents-->
</FONT></FONT></FONT>

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Subroutine smoothers_build</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine smoothers_build">
<TITLE>Subroutine build</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine build">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -20,52 +20,50 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node21.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node19.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node17.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node21.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html323"
<A NAME="tex2html330"
HREF="node21.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html319"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html326"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html313"
<A NAME="tex2html320"
HREF="node19.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html321"
<A NAME="tex2html328"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html324"
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine apply</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html320"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html314"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html322"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html331"
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html327"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html321"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine set</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html329"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00085000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:smooth_bld"></A>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00083000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:precbld"></A>
<BR>
Subroutine smoothers_build
Subroutine build
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%smoothers_build(a,desc_a,p,info)</code>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%build(a,desc_a,info)</code>
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
This routine builds the smoothers and the coarsest-level solvers for the
multi-level preconditioner <code>p</code>, according to the requirements made by
the user through the routines <code>init</code> and <code>set</code>, and based on the aggregation
hierarchy produced by a previous call to <code>hierarchy_build</code>
(see Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node19.html#sec:hier_bld">6.4</A>).
This routine builds the one-level preconditioner <code>p</code> according to the requirements
made by the user through the routines <code>init</code> and <code>set</code>
(see Sections&nbsp;<A HREF="node21.html#sec:hier_bld">6.4</A> and&nbsp;<A HREF="node22.html#sec:smooth_bld">6.5</A> for multi-level preconditioners).
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Arguments</B></FONT> </FONT></FONT></FONT>
@ -74,7 +72,7 @@ hierarchy produced by a previous call to <code>hierarchy_build</code>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><TABLE CELLPADDING=3>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>a</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<code>a</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>type(psb_</code><I>x</I><code>spmat_type), intent(in)</code>. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
@ -83,7 +81,7 @@ hierarchy produced by a previous call to <code>hierarchy_build</code>
matrix to be preconditioned. Note that <I>x</I> must be chosen according
to the real/complex, single/double precision version of MLD2P4 under use.
See the PSBLAS User's Guide for details [<A
HREF="node27.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
HREF="node29.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>desc_a</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
@ -93,39 +91,53 @@ hierarchy produced by a previous call to <code>hierarchy_build</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The communication descriptor of <code>a</code>. See the PSBLAS User's Guide for
details [<A
HREF="node27.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
HREF="node29.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node25.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node27.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">For compatibility with the previous versions of MLD2P4, this routine can be also invoked
as follows:
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call mld_precbld(p,what,val,info)</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
In this case, the routine can be used to build multi-level preconditioners too.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html323"
<A NAME="tex2html330"
HREF="node21.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html319"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html326"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html313"
<A NAME="tex2html320"
HREF="node19.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html321"
<A NAME="tex2html328"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html324"
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine apply</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html320"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html314"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html322"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html331"
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html327"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html321"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine set</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html329"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Subroutine apply</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine apply">
<TITLE>Subroutine hierarchy_build</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine hierarchy_build">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -20,66 +20,50 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node22.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node20.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node17.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node22.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html335"
<A NAME="tex2html342"
HREF="node22.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html331"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html338"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html325"
<A NAME="tex2html332"
HREF="node20.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html333"
<A NAME="tex2html340"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html336"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine free</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html332"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html326"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html334"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html343"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html339"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html333"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine build</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html341"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00086000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:precapply"></A>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00084000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:hier_bld"></A>
<BR>
Subroutine apply
Subroutine hierarchy_build
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%apply(x,y,desc_a,info [,trans,work])</code>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%hierarchy_build(a,desc_a,info)</code>
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
This routine computes <!-- MATH
$y = op(B^{-1})\, x$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="112" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img30.png"
ALT="$y = op(B^{-1}) x$">, where <IMG
WIDTH="19" HEIGHT="15" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img31.png"
ALT="$B$"> is a previously built
preconditioner, stored into <code>p</code>, and <IMG
WIDTH="21" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img32.png"
ALT="$op$">
denotes the preconditioner itself or its transpose, according to
the value of <code>trans</code>.
Note that, when MLD2P4 is used with a Krylov solver from PSBLAS,
<code>p%apply</code> is called within the PSBLAS routine <code>psb_krylov</code>
and hence it is completely transparent to the user.
This routine builds the hierarchy of matrices and restriction/prolongation
operators for the multi-level preconditioner <code>p</code>, according to the requirements
made by the user through the routines <code>init</code> and <code>set</code>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Arguments</B></FONT> </FONT></FONT></FONT>
@ -87,30 +71,18 @@ and hence it is completely transparent to the user.
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><TABLE CELLPADDING=3>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>x</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <I>type</I><code>(</code><I>kind_parameter</I><code>), dimension(:), intent(in)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>a</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>type(psb_</code><I>x</I><code>spmat_type), intent(in)</code>. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The local part of the vector <IMG
WIDTH="15" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img33.png"
ALT="$x$">. Note that <I>type</I> and
<I>kind_parameter</I> must be chosen according
to the real/complex, single/double precision version of MLD2P4 under use.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>y</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <I>type</I><code>(</code><I>kind_parameter</I><code>), dimension(:), intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The local part of the vector <IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img34.png"
ALT="$y$">. Note that <I>type</I> and
<I>kind_parameter</I> must be chosen according
to the real/complex, single/double precision version of MLD2P4 under use.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The sparse matrix structure containing the local part of the
matrix to be preconditioned. Note that <I>x</I> must be chosen according
to the real/complex,
single/double precision version of MLD2P4 under use.
See the PSBLAS User's Guide for details [<A
HREF="node29.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>desc_a</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
@ -118,97 +90,43 @@ and hence it is completely transparent to the user.
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The communication descriptor associated to the matrix to be
preconditioned.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The communication descriptor of <code>a</code>. See the PSBLAS User's Guide for
details [<A
HREF="node29.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node25.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>trans</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>character(len=1), optional, intent(in).</code></FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> If <code>trans</code> = <code>'N','n'</code> then <!-- MATH
$op(B^{-1}) = B^{-1}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="123" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img35.png"
ALT="$op(B^{-1}) = B^{-1}$">;
if <code>trans</code> = <code>'T','t'</code> then <!-- MATH
$op(B^{-1}) = B^{-T}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="126" HEIGHT="40" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img36.png"
ALT="$op(B^{-1}) = B^{-T}$">
(transpose of <IMG
WIDTH="44" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img37.png"
ALT="$B^{-1})$">; if <code>trans</code> = <code>'C','c'</code> then <!-- MATH
$op(B^{-1}) = B^{-C}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="126" HEIGHT="40" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img38.png"
ALT="$op(B^{-1}) = B^{-C}$">
(conjugate transpose of <IMG
WIDTH="44" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img37.png"
ALT="$B^{-1})$">.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>work</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <I>type</I><code>(</code><I>kind_parameter</I><code>), dimension(:), optional, target</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Workspace. Its size should be at
least <code>4 * psb_cd_get_local_</code> <code>cols(desc_a)</code> (see the PSBLAS User's Guide).
Note that <I>type</I> and <I>kind_parameter</I> must be chosen according
to the real/complex, single/double precision version of MLD2P4 under use.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node27.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">For compatibility with the previous versions of MLD2P4, this routine can be also invoked
as follows:
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call mld_precaply(p,what,val,info)</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html335"
<A NAME="tex2html342"
HREF="node22.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html331"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html338"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html325"
<A NAME="tex2html332"
HREF="node20.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html333"
<A NAME="tex2html340"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html336"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine free</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html332"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html326"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html334"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html343"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html339"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html333"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine build</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html341"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Subroutine free</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine free">
<TITLE>Subroutine smoothers_build</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine smoothers_build">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -20,48 +20,52 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node23.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node21.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node17.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node23.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html347"
<A NAME="tex2html354"
HREF="node23.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html343"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html350"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html337"
<A NAME="tex2html344"
HREF="node21.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html345"
<A NAME="tex2html352"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html348"
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine descr</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html344"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html338"
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine apply</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html346"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html355"
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine apply</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html351"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html345"
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html353"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00087000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:precfree"></A>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00085000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:smooth_bld"></A>
<BR>
Subroutine free
Subroutine smoothers_build
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%free(p,info)</code>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%smoothers_build(a,desc_a,p,info)</code>
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
This routine deallocates the preconditioner data structure <code>p</code>.
This routine builds the smoothers and the coarsest-level solvers for the
multi-level preconditioner <code>p</code>, according to the requirements made by
the user through the routines <code>init</code> and <code>set</code>, and based on the aggregation
hierarchy produced by a previous call to <code>hierarchy_build</code>
(see Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node21.html#sec:hier_bld">6.4</A>).
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Arguments</B></FONT> </FONT></FONT></FONT>
@ -69,27 +73,61 @@ This routine deallocates the preconditioner data structure <code>p</code>.
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><TABLE CELLPADDING=3>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=298><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>a</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>type(psb_</code><I>x</I><code>spmat_type), intent(in)</code>. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=298><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node25.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The sparse matrix structure containing the local part of the
matrix to be preconditioned. Note that <I>x</I> must be chosen according
to the real/complex, single/double precision version of MLD2P4 under use.
See the PSBLAS User's Guide for details [<A
HREF="node29.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>desc_a</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>type(psb_desc_type), intent(in)</code>. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The communication descriptor of <code>a</code>. See the PSBLAS User's Guide for
details [<A
HREF="node29.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node27.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">For compatibility with the previous versions of MLD2P4, this routine can be also invoked
as follows:
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call mld_precfree(p,info)</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><HR>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html354"
HREF="node23.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html350"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html344"
HREF="node21.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html352"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html355"
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine apply</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html351"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html345"
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html353"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
</BODY>
</HTML>

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Subroutine descr</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine descr">
<TITLE>Subroutine apply</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine apply">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -18,51 +18,68 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node24.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node22.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node17.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node24.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html357"
<A NAME="tex2html366"
HREF="node24.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html353"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html362"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html349"
<A NAME="tex2html356"
HREF="node22.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html355"
<A NAME="tex2html364"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html358"
HREF="node24.html">Adding new smoother and</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html354"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html350"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine free</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html356"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html367"
HREF="node24.html">Subroutine free</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html363"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html357"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html365"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00088000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:precdescr"></A>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00086000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:precapply"></A>
<BR>
Subroutine descr
Subroutine apply
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%descr(info, [iout])</code>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%apply(x,y,desc_a,info [,trans,work])</code>
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
This routine prints a description of the preconditioner <code>p</code> to the standard output or
to a file. It must be called after <code>hierachy_build</code> and <code>smoothers_build</code>,
or <code>build</code>, have been called.
This routine computes <!-- MATH
$y = op(B^{-1})\, x$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="112" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img86.png"
ALT="$y = op(B^{-1}) x$">, where <IMG
WIDTH="19" HEIGHT="15" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img24.png"
ALT="$B$"> is a previously built
preconditioner, stored into <code>p</code>, and <IMG
WIDTH="21" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img87.png"
ALT="$op$">
denotes the preconditioner itself or its transpose, according to
the value of <code>trans</code>.
Note that, when MLD2P4 is used with a Krylov solver from PSBLAS,
<code>p%apply</code> is called within the PSBLAS routine <code>psb_krylov</code>
and hence it is completely transparent to the user.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Arguments</B></FONT> </FONT></FONT></FONT>
@ -70,21 +87,93 @@ or <code>build</code>, have been called.
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><TABLE CELLPADDING=3>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>x</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <I>type</I><code>(</code><I>kind_parameter</I><code>), dimension(:), intent(in)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The local part of the vector <IMG
WIDTH="15" HEIGHT="18" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0"
SRC="img88.png"
ALT="$x$">. Note that <I>type</I> and
<I>kind_parameter</I> must be chosen according
to the real/complex, single/double precision version of MLD2P4 under use.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>y</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <I>type</I><code>(</code><I>kind_parameter</I><code>), dimension(:), intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The local part of the vector <IMG
WIDTH="13" HEIGHT="31" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img89.png"
ALT="$y$">. Note that <I>type</I> and
<I>kind_parameter</I> must be chosen according
to the real/complex, single/double precision version of MLD2P4 under use.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>desc_a</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>type(psb_desc_type), intent(in)</code>. </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The communication descriptor associated to the matrix to be
preconditioned.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node25.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node27.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>iout</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(in), optional</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<code>trans</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>character(len=1), optional, intent(in).</code></FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The id of the file where the preconditioner description
will be printed; the default is the standard output.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> If <code>trans</code> = <code>'N','n'</code> then <!-- MATH
$op(B^{-1}) = B^{-1}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="123" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img90.png"
ALT="$op(B^{-1}) = B^{-1}$">;
if <code>trans</code> = <code>'T','t'</code> then <!-- MATH
$op(B^{-1}) = B^{-T}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="126" HEIGHT="40" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img91.png"
ALT="$op(B^{-1}) = B^{-T}$">
(transpose of <IMG
WIDTH="44" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img92.png"
ALT="$B^{-1})$">; if <code>trans</code> = <code>'C','c'</code> then <!-- MATH
$op(B^{-1}) = B^{-C}$
-->
<IMG
WIDTH="126" HEIGHT="40" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img93.png"
ALT="$op(B^{-1}) = B^{-C}$">
(conjugate transpose of <IMG
WIDTH="44" HEIGHT="39" ALIGN="MIDDLE" BORDER="0"
SRC="img92.png"
ALT="$B^{-1})$">.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>work</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <I>type</I><code>(</code><I>kind_parameter</I><code>), dimension(:), optional, target</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Workspace. Its size should be at
least <code>4 * psb_cd_get_local_</code> <code>cols(desc_a)</code> (see the PSBLAS User's Guide).
Note that <I>type</I> and <I>kind_parameter</I> must be chosen according
to the real/complex, single/double precision version of MLD2P4 under use.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
@ -93,35 +182,33 @@ as follows:
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call mld_precdescr(p,info [,iout])</code>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call mld_precaply(p,what,val,info)</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html357"
<A NAME="tex2html366"
HREF="node24.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html353"
HREF="node15.html">
<A NAME="tex2html362"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html349"
<A NAME="tex2html356"
HREF="node22.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html355"
<A NAME="tex2html364"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html358"
HREF="node24.html">Adding new smoother and</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html354"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html350"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine free</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html356"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html367"
HREF="node24.html">Subroutine free</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html363"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html357"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html365"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Adding new smoother and solver objects to MLD2P4</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Adding new smoother and solver objects to MLD2P4">
<TITLE>Subroutine free</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine free">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -19,167 +19,77 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node25.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node15.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="userhtml.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node23.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node17.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node25.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html369"
<A NAME="tex2html378"
HREF="node25.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html365"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<A NAME="tex2html374"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html359"
<A NAME="tex2html368"
HREF="node23.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html367"
<A NAME="tex2html376"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html370"
HREF="node25.html">Error Handling</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html366"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html360"
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine descr</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html368"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html379"
HREF="node25.html">Subroutine descr</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html375"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html369"
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine apply</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html377"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H1><A NAME="SECTION00090000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:adding"></A>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00087000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:precfree"></A>
<BR>
Adding new smoother and solver objects to MLD2P4
</H1><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
Subroutine free
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">Developers can add completely new smoother and/or solver classes
derived from the base objects in the library (see Remark&nbsp;2 in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node17.html#sec:precset">6.2</A>),
without recompiling the library itself.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">To do so, it is necessary first to select the base type to be extended.
In our experience, it is quite likely that the new application needs
only the definition of a ``solver'' object, which is almost
always acting only on the local part of the distributed matrix.
The parallel actions required to connect the various solver objects
are most often already provided by the block-Jacobi or the additive
Schwarz smoothers. To define a new solver, the developer will then
have to define its components and methods, perhaps taking one of the
predefined solvers as a starting point, if possible.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">Once the new smoother/solver class has been developed, to use it in
the context of the multilevel preconditioners it is necessary to:
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<UL>
<LI>declare in the application program a variable of the new type;
</LI>
<LI>pass that variable as the argument to the <code>set</code> routine as in the
following:
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<code>call p%set(smoother,info [,ilev,ilmax,pos])</code>
<BR><code>call p%set(solver,info [,ilev,ilmax,pos])</code>
</DIV>
</LI>
<LI>link the code implementing the various methods into the application executable.
</LI>
</UL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
The new solver object is then dynamically included in the
preconditioner structure, and acts as a <I>mold</I> to which the
preconditioner will conform, even though the MLD2P4 library has not
been modified to account for this new development.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%free(p,info)</code>
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">It is possible to define new values for the keyword <code>WHAT</code> in the
<code>set</code> routine; if the library code does not recognize a keyword,
it passes it down the composition hierarchy (levels containing
smoothers containing in turn solvers), so that it can be eventually caught by
the new solver.
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
This routine deallocates the preconditioner data structure <code>p</code>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">An example is provided in the source code distribution under the
folder <code>tests/newslv</code>. In this example we are implementing a new
incomplete factorization variant (which is simply the ILU(0)
factorization under a new name). Because of the specifics of this case, it is
possible to reuse the basic structure of the ILU solver, with its
L/D/U components and the methods needed to apply the solver; only a
few methods, such as the description and most importantly the build,
need to be ovverridden (rewritten).
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Arguments</B></FONT> </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P></P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The interfaces for the calls shown above are defined using
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><TABLE CELLPADDING=3>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=40><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>smoother</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>class(mld_x_base_smoother_type)</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=40><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The user-defined new smoother to be employed in the
preconditioner.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=40><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>solver</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>class(mld_x_base_solver_type)</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><TABLE CELLPADDING=3>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=298><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=40><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The user-defined new solver to be employed in the
preconditioner.
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=298><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node27.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
The other arguments are defined in the way described in
Sec.&nbsp;<A HREF="node17.html#sec:precset">6.2</A>. As an example, in the <code>tests/newslv</code>
code we define a new object of type <code>mld_d_tlu_solver_type</code>, and
we pass it as follows:
</FONT></FONT></FONT><PRE>
! sparse matrix and preconditioner
type(psb_dspmat_type) :: a
type(mld_dprec_type) :: prec
type(mld_d_tlu_solver_type) :: tlusv
......
!
! prepare the preconditioner: an ML with defaults, but with TLU solver at
! intermediate levels. All other parameters are at default values.
!
call prec%init('ML', info)
call prec%hierarchy_build(a,desc_a,info)
nlv = prec%get_nlevs()
call prec%set(tlusv, info,ilev=1,ilmax=max(1,nlv-1))
call prec%smoothers_build(a,desc_a,info)
</PRE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html369"
HREF="node25.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html365"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html359"
HREF="node23.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html367"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html370"
HREF="node25.html">Error Handling</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html366"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html360"
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine descr</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html368"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
</TABLE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">For compatibility with the previous versions of MLD2P4, this routine can be also invoked
as follows:
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call mld_precfree(p,info)</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><HR>
</BODY>
</HTML>

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Error Handling</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Error Handling">
<TITLE>Subroutine descr</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Subroutine descr">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -18,61 +18,112 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node26.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node24.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="userhtml.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="node17.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node26.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html381"
<A NAME="tex2html388"
HREF="node26.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html377"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<A NAME="tex2html384"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html371"
<A NAME="tex2html380"
HREF="node24.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html379"
<A NAME="tex2html386"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html382"
HREF="node26.html">License</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html378"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html372"
HREF="node24.html">Adding new smoother and</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html380"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html389"
HREF="node26.html">Adding new smoother and</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html385"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html381"
HREF="node24.html">Subroutine free</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html387"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H1><A NAME="SECTION000100000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:errors"></A>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION00088000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:precdescr"></A>
<BR>
Error Handling
</H1><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
Subroutine descr
</H2><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The error handling in MLD2P4 is based on the PSBLAS (version 2) error
handling. Error conditions are signaled via an integer argument
<code>info</code>; whenever an error condition is detected, an error trace
stack is built by the library up to the top-level, user-callable
routine. This routine will then decide, according to the user
preferences, whether the error should be handled by terminating the
program or by returning the error condition to the user code, which
will then take action, and whether
an error message should be printed. These options may be set by using
the PSBLAS error handling routines; for further details see the PSBLAS
User's Guide [<A
HREF="node27.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call p%descr(info, [iout])</code>
<BR></FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
This routine prints a description of the preconditioner <code>p</code> to the standard output or
to a file. It must be called after <code>hierachy_build</code> and <code>smoothers_build</code>,
or <code>build</code>, have been called.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><B>Arguments</B></FONT> </FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P></P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><TABLE CELLPADDING=3>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>info</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(out)</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> Error code. If no error, 0 is returned. See Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node27.html#sec:errors">8</A> for details.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>iout</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>integer, intent(in), optional</code>.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=34><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The id of the file where the preconditioner description
will be printed; the default is the standard output.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">For compatibility with the previous versions of MLD2P4, this routine can be also invoked
as follows:
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR><HR>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><code>call mld_precdescr(p,info [,iout])</code>
</FONT></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html388"
HREF="node26.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html384"
HREF="node17.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html380"
HREF="node24.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html386"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html389"
HREF="node26.html">Adding new smoother and</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html385"
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html381"
HREF="node24.html">Subroutine free</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html387"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
</BODY>
</HTML>

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>License</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="License">
<TITLE>Adding new smoother and solver objects to MLD2P4</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Adding new smoother and solver objects to MLD2P4">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -19,86 +19,167 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node27.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node25.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node17.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="userhtml.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node27.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html393"
<A NAME="tex2html400"
HREF="node27.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html389"
<A NAME="tex2html396"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html383"
<A NAME="tex2html390"
HREF="node25.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html391"
<A NAME="tex2html398"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html394"
HREF="node27.html">Bibliography</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html390"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html401"
HREF="node27.html">Error Handling</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html397"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html384"
HREF="node25.html">Error Handling</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html392"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html391"
HREF="node25.html">Subroutine descr</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html399"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H1><A NAME="SECTION000110000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:license"></A>
<H1><A NAME="SECTION00090000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:adding"></A>
<BR>
License
Adding new smoother and solver objects to MLD2P4
</H1><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The MLD2P4 is freely distributable under the following copyright
terms: </FONT></FONT></FONT><PRE>
MLD2P4 version 2.1
MultiLevel Domain Decomposition Parallel Preconditioners Package
based on PSBLAS (Parallel Sparse BLAS version 3.4)
(C) Copyright 2008, 2010, 2012, 2017
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">Developers can add completely new smoother and/or solver classes
derived from the base objects in the library (see Remark&nbsp;2 in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node19.html#sec:precset">6.2</A>),
without recompiling the library itself.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">To do so, it is necessary first to select the base type to be extended.
In our experience, it is quite likely that the new application needs
only the definition of a ``solver'' object, which is almost
always acting only on the local part of the distributed matrix.
The parallel actions required to connect the various solver objects
are most often already provided by the block-Jacobi or the additive
Schwarz smoothers. To define a new solver, the developer will then
have to define its components and methods, perhaps taking one of the
predefined solvers as a starting point, if possible.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">Once the new smoother/solver class has been developed, to use it in
the context of the multilevel preconditioners it is necessary to:
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<UL>
<LI>declare in the application program a variable of the new type;
</LI>
<LI>pass that variable as the argument to the <code>set</code> routine as in the
following:
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER">
<code>call p%set(smoother,info [,ilev,ilmax,pos])</code>
<BR><code>call p%set(solver,info [,ilev,ilmax,pos])</code>
Salvatore Filippone Cranfield University, Cranfield, UK
Ambra Abdullahi Hassan University of Rome Tor Vergata, Rome, IT
Alfredo Buttari CNRS-IRIT, Toulouse, FR
Pasqua D'Ambra IAC-CNR, Naples, IT
Daniela di Serafino University of Campania L. Vanvitelli, Caserta, IT
</DIV>
</LI>
<LI>link the code implementing the various methods into the application executable.
</LI>
</UL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
The new solver object is then dynamically included in the
preconditioner structure, and acts as a <I>mold</I> to which the
preconditioner will conform, even though the MLD2P4 library has not
been modified to account for this new development.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">It is possible to define new values for the keyword <code>WHAT</code> in the
<code>set</code> routine; if the library code does not recognize a keyword,
it passes it down the composition hierarchy (levels containing
smoothers containing in turn solvers), so that it can be eventually caught by
the new solver.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">An example is provided in the source code distribution under the
folder <code>tests/newslv</code>. In this example we are implementing a new
incomplete factorization variant (which is simply the ILU(0)
factorization under a new name). Because of the specifics of this case, it is
possible to reuse the basic structure of the ILU solver, with its
L/D/U components and the methods needed to apply the solver; only a
few methods, such as the description and most importantly the build,
need to be ovverridden (rewritten).
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The interfaces for the calls shown above are defined using
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<DIV ALIGN="CENTER"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><TABLE CELLPADDING=3>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=40><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>smoother</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>class(mld_x_base_smoother_type)</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=40><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The user-defined new smoother to be employed in the
preconditioner.</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=40><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<code>solver</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> <code>class(mld_x_base_solver_type)</code> </FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
<TR><TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=40><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
<TD ALIGN="LEFT" VALIGN="TOP" WIDTH=340><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"> The user-defined new solver to be employed in the
preconditioner.
</FONT></FONT></FONT></TD>
</TR>
</TABLE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT></DIV><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
The other arguments are defined in the way described in
Sec.&nbsp;<A HREF="node19.html#sec:precset">6.2</A>. As an example, in the <code>tests/newslv</code>
code we define a new object of type <code>mld_d_tlu_solver_type</code>, and
we pass it as follows:
</FONT></FONT></FONT><PRE>
! sparse matrix and preconditioner
type(psb_dspmat_type) :: a
type(mld_dprec_type) :: prec
type(mld_d_tlu_solver_type) :: tlusv
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the MLD2P4 group or the names of its contributors may
not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
software without specific written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE MLD2P4 GROUP OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
......
!
! prepare the preconditioner: an ML with defaults, but with TLU solver at
! intermediate levels. All other parameters are at default values.
!
call prec%init('ML', info)
call prec%hierarchy_build(a,desc_a,info)
nlv = prec%get_nlevs()
call prec%set(tlusv, info,ilev=1,ilmax=max(1,nlv-1))
call prec%smoothers_build(a,desc_a,info)
</PRE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR><HR>
</FONT></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html400"
HREF="node27.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html396"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html390"
HREF="node25.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html398"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html401"
HREF="node27.html">Error Handling</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html397"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html391"
HREF="node25.html">Subroutine descr</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html399"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
</BODY>
</HTML>

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Bibliography</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Bibliography">
<TITLE>Error Handling</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Error Handling">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -26,154 +26,53 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html405"
<A NAME="tex2html412"
HREF="node28.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html401"
<A NAME="tex2html408"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html395"
<A NAME="tex2html402"
HREF="node26.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html403"
<A NAME="tex2html410"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html406"
HREF="node28.html">About this document ...</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html402"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html413"
HREF="node28.html">License</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html409"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html396"
HREF="node26.html">License</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html404"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html403"
HREF="node26.html">Adding new smoother and</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html411"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR><BR>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION000120000000000000000">
Bibliography</A>
</H2><DL COMPACT><DD>
<P>
<P></P><DT><A NAME="MUMPS">1</A>
<DD>
P.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;Amestoy, C.&nbsp;Ashcraft, O.&nbsp;Boiteau, A.&nbsp;Buttari, J.&nbsp;L'Excellent, C.&nbsp;Weisbecker,
<EM>Improving multifrontal methods by means of block low-rank representations</EM>,
SIAM Journal on Scientific Computing, volume 37 (3), 2015, A1452-A1474.
See also <TT>http://mumps.enseeiht.fr</TT>. <P></P><DT><A NAME="BREZINA_VANEK">2</A>
<DD>
M.&nbsp;Brezina, P.&nbsp;Vanek,
<EM>A Black-Box Iterative Solver Based on a Two-Level Schwarz Method</EM>,
Computing, 63, 1999, 233-263. <P></P><DT><A NAME="Briggs2000">3</A>
<DD>
W.&nbsp;L.&nbsp;Briggs, V.&nbsp;E.&nbsp;Henson, S.&nbsp;F.&nbsp;McCormick,
<EM>A Multigrid Tutorial, Second Edition</EM>,
SIAM, 2000. <P></P><DT><A NAME="para_04">4</A>
<DD>
A.&nbsp;Buttari, P.&nbsp;D'Ambra, D.&nbsp;di Serafino, S.&nbsp;Filippone,
<EM>Extending PSBLAS to Build Parallel Schwarz Preconditioners</EM>,
in J.&nbsp;Dongarra, K.&nbsp;Madsen, J.&nbsp;Wasniewski, editors,
Proceedings of PARA&nbsp;04 Workshop on State of the Art
in Scientific Computing, Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
Springer, 2005, 593-602. <P></P><DT><A NAME="aaecc_07">5</A>
<DD>
A.&nbsp;Buttari, P.&nbsp;D'Ambra, D.&nbsp;di&nbsp;Serafino, S.&nbsp;Filippone,
<EM>2LEV-D2P4: a package of high-performance preconditioners
for scientific and engineering applications</EM>,
Applicable Algebra in Engineering, Communications and Computing,
18 (3) 2007, 223-239. <P></P><DT><A NAME="CAI_SARKIS">6</A>
<DD>
X.&nbsp;C.&nbsp;Cai, M.&nbsp;Sarkis,
<EM>A Restricted Additive Schwarz Preconditioner for General Sparse Linear Systems</EM>,
SIAM Journal on Scientific Computing, 21 (2), 1999, 792-797. <P></P><DT><A NAME="apnum_07">7</A>
<DD>
P.&nbsp;D'Ambra, S.&nbsp;Filippone, D.&nbsp;di&nbsp;Serafino,
<EM>On the Development of PSBLAS-based Parallel Two-level Schwarz Preconditioners</EM>,
Applied Numerical Mathematics, Elsevier Science,
57 (11-12), 2007, 1181-1196. <P></P><DT><A NAME="MLD2P4_TOMS">8</A>
<DD>
P.&nbsp;D'Ambra, D.&nbsp;di&nbsp;Serafino, S.&nbsp;Filippone,
<I>MLD2P4: a Package of Parallel Multilevel
Algebraic Domain Decomposition Preconditioners
in Fortran 95</I>, ACM Trans. Math. Softw., 37(3), 2010, art. 30. <P></P><DT><A NAME="UMFPACK">9</A>
<DD>
T.&nbsp;A.&nbsp;Davis,
<EM>Algorithm 832: UMFPACK - an Unsymmetric-pattern Multifrontal
Method with a Column Pre-ordering Strategy</EM>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 30, 2004, 196-199.
(See also <TT>http://www.cise.ufl.edu/&nbsp;davis/</TT>) <P></P><DT><A NAME="SUPERLU">10</A>
<DD>
J.&nbsp;W.&nbsp;Demmel, S.&nbsp;C.&nbsp;Eisenstat, J.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;Gilbert, X.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Li, J.&nbsp;W.&nbsp;H.&nbsp;Liu,
A supernodal approach to sparse partial pivoting,
SIAM Journal on Matrix Analysis and Applications, 20 (3), 1999, 720-755. <P></P><DT><A NAME="blas3">11</A>
<DD>
J.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Dongarra, J.&nbsp;Du Croz, I.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Duff, S.&nbsp;Hammarling,
<I>A set of Level 3 Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms</I>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 16 (1) 1990, 1-17. <P></P><DT><A NAME="blas2">12</A>
<DD>
J.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Dongarra, J.&nbsp;Du Croz, S.&nbsp;Hammarling, R.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Hanson,
<I>An extended set of FORTRAN Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms</I>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 14 (1) 1988, 1-17. <P></P><DT><A NAME="PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>
<DD>
S.&nbsp;Filippone, A.&nbsp;Buttari,
<EM>PSBLAS-3.0 User's Guide. A Reference Guide for the Parallel Sparse BLAS Library</EM>, 2012,
available from <TT>http://www.ce.uniroma2.it/psblas/</TT>. <P></P><DT><A NAME="PSBLAS3">14</A>
<DD>
S.&nbsp;Filippone, A.&nbsp;Buttari,
<EM>Object-Oriented Techniques for Sparse Matrix Computations in Fortran 2003</EM>.
ACM Transactions on on Mathematical Software, 38 (4), 2012, art.&nbsp;23. <P></P><DT><A NAME="psblas_00">15</A>
<DD>
S.&nbsp;Filippone, M.&nbsp;Colajanni,
<EM>PSBLAS: A Library for Parallel Linear Algebra
Computation on Sparse Matrices</EM>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 26 (4), 2000, 527-550. <P></P><DT><A NAME="MPI2">16</A>
<DD>
W.&nbsp;Gropp, S.&nbsp;Huss-Lederman, A.&nbsp;Lumsdaine, E.&nbsp;Lusk, B.&nbsp;Nitzberg, W.&nbsp;Saphir, M.&nbsp;Snir,
<EM>MPI: The Complete Reference. Volume 2 - The MPI-2 Extensions</EM>,
MIT Press, 1998. <P></P><DT><A NAME="blas1">17</A>
<DD>
C.&nbsp;L.&nbsp;Lawson, R.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Hanson, D.&nbsp;Kincaid, F.&nbsp;T.&nbsp;Krogh,
<I>Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms for FORTRAN usage</I>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 5 (3), 1979, 308-323. <P></P><DT><A NAME="SUPERLUDIST">18</A>
<DD>
X.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Li, J.&nbsp;W.&nbsp;Demmel,
<EM>SuperLU_DIST: A Scalable Distributed-memory
Sparse Direct Solver for Unsymmetric Linear Systems</EM>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 29 (2), 2003, 110-140. <P></P><DT><A NAME="Notay2008">19</A>
<DD>
Y.&nbsp;Notay, P.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Vassilevski,
<EM>Recursive Krylov-based multigrid cycles</EM>,
Numerical Linear Algebra with Applications, 15 (5), 2008, 473-487. <P></P><DT><A NAME="Saad_book">20</A>
<DD>
Y.&nbsp;Saad,
<EM>Iterative methods for sparse linear systems</EM>, 2nd edition, SIAM, 2003. <P></P><DT><A NAME="dd2_96">21</A>
<DD>
B.&nbsp;Smith, P.&nbsp;Bjorstad, W.&nbsp;Gropp,
<EM>Domain Decomposition: Parallel Multilevel Methods for Elliptic
Partial Differential Equations</EM>,
Cambridge University Press, 1996. <P></P><DT><A NAME="MPI1">22</A>
<DD>
M.&nbsp;Snir, S.&nbsp;Otto, S.&nbsp;Huss-Lederman, D.&nbsp;Walker, J.&nbsp;Dongarra,
<EM>MPI: The Complete Reference. Volume 1 - The MPI Core</EM>, second edition,
MIT Press, 1998. <P></P><DT><A NAME="Stuben_01">23</A>
<DD>
K.&nbsp;St&#252;ben,
<EM>An Introduction to Algebraic Multigrid</EM>,
in A.&nbsp;Sch&#252;ller, U.&nbsp;Trottenberg, C.&nbsp;Oosterlee, Multigrid,
Academic Press, 2001. <P></P><DT><A NAME="TUMINARO_TONG">24</A>
<DD>
R.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Tuminaro, C.&nbsp;Tong,
<EM>Parallel Smoothed Aggregation Multigrid: Aggregation Strategies on Massively Parallel Machines</EM>, in J. Donnelley, editor, Proceedings of SuperComputing 2000, Dallas, 2000. <P></P><DT><A NAME="VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>
<DD>
P.&nbsp;Vanek, J.&nbsp;Mandel, M.&nbsp;Brezina,
<EM>Algebraic Multigrid by Smoothed Aggregation for Second and Fourth Order Elliptic Problems</EM>,
Computing, 56 (3) 1996, 179-196.
<H1><A NAME="SECTION000100000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:errors"></A>
<BR>
Error Handling
</H1><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
</DL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The error handling in MLD2P4 is based on the PSBLAS (version 2) error
handling. Error conditions are signaled via an integer argument
<code>info</code>; whenever an error condition is detected, an error trace
stack is built by the library up to the top-level, user-callable
routine. This routine will then decide, according to the user
preferences, whether the error should be handled by terminating the
program or by returning the error condition to the user code, which
will then take action, and whether
an error message should be printed. These options may be set by using
the PSBLAS error handling routines; for further details see the PSBLAS
User's Guide [<A
HREF="node29.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>].
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><BR><HR>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR><HR>
</BODY>
</HTML>

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
<TITLE>License</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="License">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -18,52 +18,86 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node29.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node27.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="userhtml.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node29.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next_g.png">
<A NAME="tex2html411"
<A NAME="tex2html424"
HREF="node29.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html420"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html407"
<A NAME="tex2html414"
HREF="node27.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html413"
<A NAME="tex2html422"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html412"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html425"
HREF="node29.html">Bibliography</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html421"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html408"
HREF="node27.html">Bibliography</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html414"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html415"
HREF="node27.html">Error Handling</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html423"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H1><A NAME="SECTION000130000000000000000">
About this document ...</A>
</H1><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT><P>
This document was generated using the
<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2012 (1.2)
<P>
Copyright &#169; 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
<A HREF="http://cbl.leeds.ac.uk/nikos/personal.html">Nikos Drakos</A>,
Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
<H1><A NAME="SECTION000110000000000000000"></A><A NAME="sec:license"></A>
<BR>
Copyright &#169; 1997, 1998, 1999,
<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
<P>
The command line arguments were: <BR>
<STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-local_icons -noaddress -dir ../../html userhtml.tex</TT>
License
</H1><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<P>
The translation was initiated by Salvatore Filippone on 2017-07-24<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The MLD2P4 is freely distributable under the following copyright
terms: </FONT></FONT></FONT><PRE>
MLD2P4 version 2.1
MultiLevel Domain Decomposition Parallel Preconditioners Package
based on PSBLAS (Parallel Sparse BLAS version 3.4)
(C) Copyright 2008, 2010, 2012, 2017
Salvatore Filippone Cranfield University, Cranfield, UK
Ambra Abdullahi Hassan University of Rome Tor Vergata, Rome, IT
Alfredo Buttari CNRS-IRIT, Toulouse, FR
Pasqua D'Ambra IAC-CNR, Naples, IT
Daniela di Serafino University of Campania L. Vanvitelli, Caserta, IT
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions, and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. The name of the MLD2P4 group or the names of its contributors may
not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this
software without specific written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE MLD2P4 GROUP OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
</PRE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR><HR>
</BODY>

@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
<TITLE>Bibliography</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Bibliography">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
@ -18,53 +18,162 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node30.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node28.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="userhtml.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node30.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next_g.png">
<A NAME="tex2html427"
<A NAME="tex2html436"
HREF="node30.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html432"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html423"
<A NAME="tex2html426"
HREF="node28.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html429"
<A NAME="tex2html434"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html428"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html437"
HREF="node30.html">About this document ...</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html433"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html424"
HREF="node28.html">Bibliography</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html430"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html427"
HREF="node28.html">License</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html435"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
<BR><BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<H2><A NAME="SECTION000120000000000000000">
Bibliography</A>
</H2><DL COMPACT><DD>
<H1><A NAME="SECTION000130000000000000000">
About this document ...</A>
</H1>
<P>
This document was generated using the
<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2012 (1.2)
<P>
Copyright &#169; 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
<A HREF="http://cbl.leeds.ac.uk/nikos/personal.html">Nikos Drakos</A>,
Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
<BR>
Copyright &#169; 1997, 1998, 1999,
<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="MUMPS">1</A>
<DD>
P.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;Amestoy, C.&nbsp;Ashcraft, O.&nbsp;Boiteau, A.&nbsp;Buttari, J.&nbsp;L'Excellent, C.&nbsp;Weisbecker,
<EM>Improving multifrontal methods by means of block low-rank representations</EM>,
SIAM Journal on Scientific Computing, volume 37 (3), 2015, A1452-A1474.
See also <TT>http://mumps.enseeiht.fr</TT>. <P></P><DT><A NAME="BREZINA_VANEK">2</A>
<DD>
M.&nbsp;Brezina, P.&nbsp;Vanek,
<EM>A Black-Box Iterative Solver Based on a Two-Level Schwarz Method</EM>,
Computing, 63, 1999, 233-263. <P></P><DT><A NAME="Briggs2000">3</A>
<DD>
W.&nbsp;L.&nbsp;Briggs, V.&nbsp;E.&nbsp;Henson, S.&nbsp;F.&nbsp;McCormick,
<EM>A Multigrid Tutorial, Second Edition</EM>,
SIAM, 2000. <P></P><DT><A NAME="para_04">4</A>
<DD>
A.&nbsp;Buttari, P.&nbsp;D'Ambra, D.&nbsp;di Serafino, S.&nbsp;Filippone,
<EM>Extending PSBLAS to Build Parallel Schwarz Preconditioners</EM>,
in J.&nbsp;Dongarra, K.&nbsp;Madsen, J.&nbsp;Wasniewski, editors,
Proceedings of PARA&nbsp;04 Workshop on State of the Art
in Scientific Computing, Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
Springer, 2005, 593-602. <P></P><DT><A NAME="aaecc_07">5</A>
<DD>
A.&nbsp;Buttari, P.&nbsp;D'Ambra, D.&nbsp;di&nbsp;Serafino, S.&nbsp;Filippone,
<EM>2LEV-D2P4: a package of high-performance preconditioners
for scientific and engineering applications</EM>,
Applicable Algebra in Engineering, Communications and Computing,
18 (3) 2007, 223-239. <P></P><DT><A NAME="CAI_SARKIS">6</A>
<DD>
X.&nbsp;C.&nbsp;Cai, M.&nbsp;Sarkis,
<EM>A Restricted Additive Schwarz Preconditioner for General Sparse Linear Systems</EM>,
SIAM Journal on Scientific Computing, 21 (2), 1999, 792-797. <P></P><DT><A NAME="apnum_07">7</A>
<DD>
P.&nbsp;D'Ambra, S.&nbsp;Filippone, D.&nbsp;di&nbsp;Serafino,
<EM>On the Development of PSBLAS-based Parallel Two-level Schwarz Preconditioners</EM>,
Applied Numerical Mathematics, Elsevier Science,
57 (11-12), 2007, 1181-1196. <P></P><DT><A NAME="MLD2P4_TOMS">8</A>
<DD>
P.&nbsp;D'Ambra, D.&nbsp;di&nbsp;Serafino, S.&nbsp;Filippone,
<I>MLD2P4: a Package of Parallel Multilevel
Algebraic Domain Decomposition Preconditioners
in Fortran 95</I>, ACM Trans. Math. Softw., 37(3), 2010, art. 30. <P></P><DT><A NAME="UMFPACK">9</A>
<DD>
T.&nbsp;A.&nbsp;Davis,
<EM>Algorithm 832: UMFPACK - an Unsymmetric-pattern Multifrontal
Method with a Column Pre-ordering Strategy</EM>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 30, 2004, 196-199.
(See also <TT>http://www.cise.ufl.edu/&nbsp;davis/</TT>) <P></P><DT><A NAME="SUPERLU">10</A>
<DD>
J.&nbsp;W.&nbsp;Demmel, S.&nbsp;C.&nbsp;Eisenstat, J.&nbsp;R.&nbsp;Gilbert, X.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Li, J.&nbsp;W.&nbsp;H.&nbsp;Liu,
A supernodal approach to sparse partial pivoting,
SIAM Journal on Matrix Analysis and Applications, 20 (3), 1999, 720-755. <P></P><DT><A NAME="blas3">11</A>
<DD>
J.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Dongarra, J.&nbsp;Du Croz, I.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Duff, S.&nbsp;Hammarling,
<I>A set of Level 3 Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms</I>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 16 (1) 1990, 1-17. <P></P><DT><A NAME="blas2">12</A>
<DD>
J.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Dongarra, J.&nbsp;Du Croz, S.&nbsp;Hammarling, R.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Hanson,
<I>An extended set of FORTRAN Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms</I>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 14 (1) 1988, 1-17. <P></P><DT><A NAME="PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>
<DD>
S.&nbsp;Filippone, A.&nbsp;Buttari,
<EM>PSBLAS-3.0 User's Guide. A Reference Guide for the Parallel Sparse BLAS Library</EM>, 2012,
available from <TT>http://www.ce.uniroma2.it/psblas/</TT>. <P></P><DT><A NAME="PSBLAS3">14</A>
<DD>
S.&nbsp;Filippone, A.&nbsp;Buttari,
<EM>Object-Oriented Techniques for Sparse Matrix Computations in Fortran 2003</EM>.
ACM Transactions on on Mathematical Software, 38 (4), 2012, art.&nbsp;23. <P></P><DT><A NAME="psblas_00">15</A>
<DD>
S.&nbsp;Filippone, M.&nbsp;Colajanni,
<EM>PSBLAS: A Library for Parallel Linear Algebra
Computation on Sparse Matrices</EM>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 26 (4), 2000, 527-550. <P></P><DT><A NAME="MPI2">16</A>
<DD>
W.&nbsp;Gropp, S.&nbsp;Huss-Lederman, A.&nbsp;Lumsdaine, E.&nbsp;Lusk, B.&nbsp;Nitzberg, W.&nbsp;Saphir, M.&nbsp;Snir,
<EM>MPI: The Complete Reference. Volume 2 - The MPI-2 Extensions</EM>,
MIT Press, 1998. <P></P><DT><A NAME="blas1">17</A>
<DD>
C.&nbsp;L.&nbsp;Lawson, R.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Hanson, D.&nbsp;Kincaid, F.&nbsp;T.&nbsp;Krogh,
<I>Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms for FORTRAN usage</I>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 5 (3), 1979, 308-323. <P></P><DT><A NAME="SUPERLUDIST">18</A>
<DD>
X.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Li, J.&nbsp;W.&nbsp;Demmel,
<EM>SuperLU_DIST: A Scalable Distributed-memory
Sparse Direct Solver for Unsymmetric Linear Systems</EM>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 29 (2), 2003, 110-140. <P></P><DT><A NAME="Notay2008">19</A>
<DD>
Y.&nbsp;Notay, P.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Vassilevski,
<EM>Recursive Krylov-based multigrid cycles</EM>,
Numerical Linear Algebra with Applications, 15 (5), 2008, 473-487. <P></P><DT><A NAME="Saad_book">20</A>
<DD>
Y.&nbsp;Saad,
<EM>Iterative methods for sparse linear systems</EM>, 2nd edition, SIAM, 2003. <P></P><DT><A NAME="dd2_96">21</A>
<DD>
B.&nbsp;Smith, P.&nbsp;Bjorstad, W.&nbsp;Gropp,
<EM>Domain Decomposition: Parallel Multilevel Methods for Elliptic
Partial Differential Equations</EM>,
Cambridge University Press, 1996. <P></P><DT><A NAME="MPI1">22</A>
<DD>
M.&nbsp;Snir, S.&nbsp;Otto, S.&nbsp;Huss-Lederman, D.&nbsp;Walker, J.&nbsp;Dongarra,
<EM>MPI: The Complete Reference. Volume 1 - The MPI Core</EM>, second edition,
MIT Press, 1998. <P></P><DT><A NAME="Stuben_01">23</A>
<DD>
K.&nbsp;St&#252;ben,
<EM>An Introduction to Algebraic Multigrid</EM>,
in A.&nbsp;Sch&#252;ller, U.&nbsp;Trottenberg, C.&nbsp;Oosterlee, Multigrid,
Academic Press, 2001. <P></P><DT><A NAME="TUMINARO_TONG">24</A>
<DD>
R.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Tuminaro, C.&nbsp;Tong,
<EM>Parallel Smoothed Aggregation Multigrid: Aggregation Strategies on Massively Parallel Machines</EM>, in J. Donnelley, editor, Proceedings of SuperComputing 2000, Dallas, 2000. <P></P><DT><A NAME="VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>
<DD>
P.&nbsp;Vanek, J.&nbsp;Mandel, M.&nbsp;Brezina,
<EM>Algebraic Multigrid by Smoothed Aggregation for Second and Fourth Order Elliptic Problems</EM>,
Computing, 56 (3) 1996, 179-196.
<P>
The command line arguments were: <BR>
<STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-local_icons -noaddress -dir ../../html userhtml.tex</TT>
</DL><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
The translation was initiated by Salvatore Filippone on 2017-04-18
<BR><HR>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><BR><HR>
</BODY>
</HTML>

@ -26,26 +26,26 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html110"
<A NAME="tex2html115"
HREF="node4.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html106"
<A NAME="tex2html111"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html100"
<A NAME="tex2html105"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html108"
<A NAME="tex2html113"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html111"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html116"
HREF="node4.html">Code Distribution</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html107"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html112"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html101"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html106"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html109"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html114"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ General Overview
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The M<SMALL>ULTI-</SMALL>L<SMALL>EVEL </SMALL>D<SMALL>OMAIN </SMALL>D<SMALL>ECOMPOSITION </SMALL>P<SMALL>ARALLEL </SMALL>P<SMALL>RECONDITIONERS </SMALL>P<SMALL>ACKAGE BASED ON
</SMALL>PSBLAS (MLD2P4) provides parallel Algebraic MultiGrid (AMG) and Domain
Decomposition preconditioners (see, e.g., [<A
HREF="node27.html#Briggs2000">3</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#Stuben_01">23</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#dd2_96">21</A>]),
HREF="node29.html#Briggs2000">3</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#Stuben_01">23</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#dd2_96">21</A>]),
to be used in the iterative solution of linear systems,
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<BR>
@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ multi-level cycles and smoothers widely used in multigrid methods.
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The multi-level preconditioners implemented in MLD2P4 are obtained by combining
AMG cycles with smoothers and coarsest-level solvers. The V-, W-, and
K-cycles&nbsp;[<A
HREF="node27.html#Briggs2000">3</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#Notay2008">19</A>] are available, which allow to define
HREF="node29.html#Briggs2000">3</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#Notay2008">19</A>] are available, which allow to define
almost all the preconditioners in the package, including the multi-level hybrid
Schwarz ones; a specific cycle is implemented to obtain multi-level additive
Schwarz preconditioners. The Jacobi, hybridforward/backward Gauss-Seidel, block-Jacobi, and additive Schwarz methods
@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ are available as smoothers. An algebraic approach is used to generate a hierarch
coarse-level matrices and operators, without explicitly using any information on the
geometry of the original problem, e.g., the discretization of a PDE. To this end,
the smoothed aggregation technique&nbsp;[<A
HREF="node27.html#BREZINA_VANEK">2</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>]
HREF="node29.html#BREZINA_VANEK">2</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">25</A>]
is applied. Either exact or approximate solvers can be used on the coarsest-level
system. Specifically, different sparse LU factorizations from external
packages, and native incomplete LU factorizations and Jacobi, hybrid Gauss-Seidel,
@ -126,8 +126,8 @@ interface.
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">MLD2P4 has been designed to implement scalable and easy-to-use
multilevel preconditioners in the context of the PSBLAS (Parallel Sparse BLAS)
computational framework&nbsp;[<A
HREF="node27.html#psblas_00">15</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#PSBLAS3">14</A>]. PSBLAS provides basic linear algebra
HREF="node29.html#psblas_00">15</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#PSBLAS3">14</A>]. PSBLAS provides basic linear algebra
operators and data management facilities for distributed sparse matrices,
as well as parallel Krylov solvers which can be used with the MLD2P4 preconditioners.
The choice of PSBLAS has been mainly motivated by the need of having
@ -150,14 +150,14 @@ few black-box routines at the upper layer allow all users to easily
build and apply any preconditioner available in MLD2P4;
facilities are also available allowing expert users to extend the set of smoothers
and solvers for building new versions of the preconditioners (see
Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node24.html#sec:adding">7</A>).
Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node26.html#sec:adding">7</A>).
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">We note that the user interface of MLD2P4 2.1 has been extended with respect to the
previous versions in order to separate the construction of the multi-level hierarchy from
the construction of the smoothers and solvers, and to allow for more flexibility
at each level. The software architecture described in&nbsp;[<A
HREF="node27.html#MLD2P4_TOMS">8</A>] has significantly
HREF="node29.html#MLD2P4_TOMS">8</A>] has significantly
evolved too, in order to fully exploit the Fortran&nbsp;2003 features implemented in PSBLAS 3.
However, compatibility with previous versions has been preserved.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
@ -168,37 +168,37 @@ and installation of the package are given in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node5.html#se
of the preconditioners implemented in MLD2P4 is provided in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node11.html#sec:background">4</A>,
to help the users in choosing among them. The basics for building and applying the
preconditioners with the Krylov solvers implemented in PSBLAS are reported
in&nbsp;Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node13.html#sec:started">5</A>, where the Fortran codes of a few sample programs
in&nbsp;Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node15.html#sec:started">5</A>, where the Fortran codes of a few sample programs
are also shown. A reference guide for the user interface routines is provided
in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node15.html#sec:userinterface">6</A>. Information on the extension of the package
through the addition of new smoothers and solvers is reported in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node24.html#sec:adding">7</A>.
in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node17.html#sec:userinterface">6</A>. Information on the extension of the package
through the addition of new smoothers and solvers is reported in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node26.html#sec:adding">7</A>.
The error handling mechanism used by the package
is briefly described in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node25.html#sec:errors">8</A>. The copyright terms concerning the
distribution and modification of MLD2P4 are reported in Appendix&nbsp;<A HREF="node26.html#sec:license">A</A>.
is briefly described in Section&nbsp;<A HREF="node27.html#sec:errors">8</A>. The copyright terms concerning the
distribution and modification of MLD2P4 are reported in Appendix&nbsp;<A HREF="node28.html#sec:license">A</A>.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html110"
<A NAME="tex2html115"
HREF="node4.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html106"
<A NAME="tex2html111"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html100"
<A NAME="tex2html105"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html108"
<A NAME="tex2html113"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html111"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html116"
HREF="node4.html">Code Distribution</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html107"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html112"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html101"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html106"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html109"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html114"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -1,209 +1,70 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN">
<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2002-2-1 (1.71)
<!--Converted with LaTeX2HTML 2012 (1.2)
original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
* revised and updated by: Marcus Hennecke, Ross Moore, Herb Swan
* with significant contributions from:
Jens Lippmann, Marek Rouchal, Martin Wilck and others -->
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Bibliography</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="Bibliography">
<TITLE>About this document ...</TITLE>
<META NAME="description" CONTENT="About this document ...">
<META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="userhtml">
<META NAME="resource-type" CONTENT="document">
<META NAME="distribution" CONTENT="global">
<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2002-2-1">
<META NAME="Generator" CONTENT="LaTeX2HTML v2012">
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Style-Type" CONTENT="text/css">
<LINK REL="STYLESHEET" HREF="userhtml.css">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node31.html">
<LINK REL="previous" HREF="node29.html">
<LINK REL="up" HREF="userhtml.html">
<LINK REL="next" HREF="node31.html">
</HEAD>
<BODY >
<DIV CLASS="navigation"><!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html429"
HREF="node31.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next"
SRC="file:/usr/share/latex2html/icons/next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html425"
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next_g.png">
<A NAME="tex2html442"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up"
SRC="file:/usr/share/latex2html/icons/up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html419"
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html438"
HREF="node29.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous"
SRC="file:/usr/share/latex2html/icons/prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html427"
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html444"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents"
SRC="file:/usr/share/latex2html/icons/contents.png"></A>
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html430"
HREF="node31.html">About this document ...</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html426"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html443"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html420"
HREF="node29.html">License</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html428"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html439"
HREF="node29.html">Bibliography</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html445"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR><BR></DIV>
<BR>
<BR>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->
<H2><A NAME="SECTION000110000000000000000">
Bibliography</A>
</H2><DL COMPACT><DD>
<H1><A NAME="SECTION000130000000000000000">
About this document ...</A>
</H1><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">
</FONT></FONT></FONT><P>
This document was generated using the
<A HREF="http://www.latex2html.org/"><STRONG>LaTeX</STRONG>2<tt>HTML</tt></A> translator Version 2012 (1.2)
<P>
<P></P><DT><A NAME="BREZINA_VANEK">1</A>
<DD>
M.&nbsp;Brezina, P.&nbsp;Vanek,
<EM>A Black-Box Iterative Solver Based on a Two-Level Schwarz Method</EM>,
Computing, 63, 1999, 233-263.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="para_04">2</A>
<DD>
A.&nbsp;Buttari, P.&nbsp;D'Ambra, D.&nbsp;di Serafino, S.&nbsp;Filippone,
<EM>Extending PSBLAS to Build Parallel Schwarz Preconditioners</EM>,
in , J.&nbsp;Dongarra, K.&nbsp;Madsen, J.&nbsp;Wasniewski, editors,
Proceedings of PARA&nbsp;04 Workshop on State of the Art
in Scientific Computing, Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
Springer, 2005, 593-602.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="aaecc_07">3</A>
<DD> A.&nbsp;Buttari, P.&nbsp;D'Ambra, D.&nbsp;di&nbsp;Serafino, S.&nbsp;Filippone,
<EM>2LEV-D2P4: a package of high-performance preconditioners
for scientific and engineering applications</EM>,
Applicable Algebra in Engineering, Communications and Computing,
18, 3, 2007, 223-239.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="apnum_07">4</A>
<DD> P.&nbsp;D'Ambra, S.&nbsp;Filippone, D.&nbsp;di&nbsp;Serafino,
<EM>On the Development of PSBLAS-based Parallel Two-level Schwarz Preconditioners</EM>,
Applied Numerical Mathematics, Elsevier Science,
57, 11-12, 2007, 1181-1196.
<P>
<P></P><DT><A NAME="CAI_SARKIS">5</A>
<DD>
X.&nbsp;C.&nbsp;Cai, M.&nbsp;Sarkis,
<EM>A Restricted Additive Schwarz Preconditioner for General Sparse Linear Systems</EM>,
SIAM Journal on Scientific Computing, 21, 2, 1999, 792-797.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="Cai_Widlund_92">6</A>
<DD>
X.&nbsp;C.&nbsp;Cai, O.&nbsp;B.&nbsp;Widlund,
<EM>Domain Decomposition Algorithms for Indefinite Elliptic Problems</EM>,
SIAM Journal on Scientific and Statistical Computing, 13, 1, 1992, 243-258.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="dd1_94">7</A>
<DD>
T.&nbsp;Chan and T.&nbsp;Mathew,
<EM>Domain Decomposition Algorithms</EM>,
in A.&nbsp;Iserles, editor, Acta Numerica 1994, 61-143.
Cambridge University Press.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="UMFPACK">8</A>
<DD>
T.A.&nbsp;Davis,
<EM>Algorithm 832: UMFPACK - an Unsymmetric-pattern Multifrontal
Method with a Column Pre-ordering Strategy</EM>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 30, 2004, 196-199.
(See also <TT>http://www.cise.ufl.edu/&nbsp;davis/</TT>)
<P></P><DT><A NAME="SUPERLU">9</A>
<DD>
J.W.&nbsp;Demmel, S.C.&nbsp;Eisenstat, J.R.&nbsp;Gilbert, X.S.&nbsp;Li and J.W.H.&nbsp;Liu,
A supernodal approach to sparse partial pivoting,
SIAM Journal on Matrix Analysis and Applications, 20, 3, 1999, 720-755.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="blas3">10</A>
<DD>
J.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Dongarra, J.&nbsp;Du Croz, I.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Duff, S.&nbsp;Hammarling,
<SPAN CLASS="textit">A set of Level 3 Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms</SPAN>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 16, 1990, 1-17.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="blas2">11</A>
<DD>
J.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Dongarra, J.&nbsp;Du Croz, S.&nbsp;Hammarling, R.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Hanson,
<SPAN CLASS="textit">An extended set of FORTRAN Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms</SPAN>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 14, 1988, 1-17.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="BLACS">12</A>
<DD>
J.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Dongarra and R.&nbsp;C.&nbsp;Whaley,
<EM>A User's Guide to the BLACS v.&nbsp;1.1</EM>,
Lapack Working Note 94, Tech. Rep. UT-CS-95-281, University of
Tennessee, March 1995 (updated May 1997).
<P></P><DT><A NAME="EFSTATHIOU">13</A>
<DD>
E.&nbsp;Efstathiou, J.&nbsp;G.&nbsp;Gander,
<EM>Why Restricted Additive Schwarz Converges Faster than Additive Schwarz</EM>,
BIT Numerical Mathematics, 43, 2003, 945-959.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="PSBLASGUIDE">14</A>
<DD>
S.&nbsp;Filippone, A.&nbsp;Buttari,
<EM>PSBLAS-2.3 User's Guide. A Reference Guide for the Parallel Sparse BLAS Library</EM>,
available from <TT>http://www.ce.uniroma2.it/psblas/</TT>.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="psblas_00">15</A>
<DD>
S.&nbsp;Filippone, M.&nbsp;Colajanni,
<EM>PSBLAS: A Library for Parallel Linear Algebra
Computation on Sparse Matrices</EM>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 26, 4, 2000, 527-550.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="MPI2">16</A>
<DD>
W.&nbsp;Gropp, S.&nbsp;Huss-Lederman, A.&nbsp;Lumsdaine, E.&nbsp;Lusk, B.&nbsp;Nitzberg, W.&nbsp;Saphir, M.&nbsp;Snir,
<EM>MPI: The Complete Reference. Volume 2 - The MPI-2 Extensions</EM>,
MIT Press, 1998.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="blas1">17</A>
<DD>
C.&nbsp;L.&nbsp;Lawson, R.&nbsp;J.&nbsp;Hanson, D.&nbsp;Kincaid, F.&nbsp;T.&nbsp;Krogh,
<SPAN CLASS="textit">Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms for FORTRAN usage</SPAN>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 5, 1979, 308-323.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="SUPERLUDIST">18</A>
<DD>
X.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Li, J.&nbsp;W.&nbsp;Demmel, <EM>SuperLU_DIST: A Scalable Distributed-memory
Sparse Direct Solver for Unsymmetric Linear Systems</EM>,
ACM Transactions on Mathematical Software, 29, 2, 2003, 110-140.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="Saad_book">19</A>
<DD>
Y.&nbsp;Saad,
<SPAN CLASS="textit">Iterative methods for sparse linear systems</SPAN>, 2nd edition,
SIAM, 2003
Copyright &#169; 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
<A HREF="http://cbl.leeds.ac.uk/nikos/personal.html">Nikos Drakos</A>,
Computer Based Learning Unit, University of Leeds.
<BR>
Copyright &#169; 1997, 1998, 1999,
<A HREF="http://www.maths.mq.edu.au/~ross/">Ross Moore</A>,
Mathematics Department, Macquarie University, Sydney.
<P>
<P></P><DT><A NAME="dd2_96">20</A>
<DD>
B.&nbsp;Smith, P.&nbsp;Bjorstad, W.&nbsp;Gropp,
<EM>Domain Decomposition: Parallel Multilevel Methods for Elliptic
Partial Differential Equations</EM>,
Cambridge University Press, 1996.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="MPI1">21</A>
<DD>
M.&nbsp;Snir, S.&nbsp;Otto, S.&nbsp;Huss-Lederman, D.&nbsp;Walker, J.&nbsp;Dongarra,
<EM>MPI: The Complete Reference. Volume 1 - The MPI Core</EM>, second edition,
MIT Press, 1998.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="StubenGMD69_99">22</A>
<DD>
K.&nbsp;St&#252;ben,
<EM>Algebraic Multigrid (AMG): an Introduction with Applications</EM>,
in A.&nbsp;Sch&#252;ller, U.&nbsp;Trottenberg, C.&nbsp;Oosterlee, editors, Multigrid,
Academic Press, 2000.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="TUMINARO_TONG">23</A>
<DD>
R.&nbsp;S.&nbsp;Tuminaro, C.&nbsp;Tong,
<EM>Parallel Smoothed Aggregation Multigrid: Aggregation Strategies on Massively Parallel Machines</EM>,
in J. Donnelley, editor, Proceedings of SuperComputing 2000, Dallas, 2000.
<P></P><DT><A NAME="VANEK_MANDEL_BREZINA">24</A>
<DD>
P.&nbsp;Vanek, J.&nbsp;Mandel and M.&nbsp;Brezina,
<EM>Algebraic Multigrid by Smoothed Aggregation for Second and Fourth Order Elliptic Problems</EM>,
Computing, 56, 1996, 179-196.
<P>
</DL>
The command line arguments were: <BR>
<STRONG>latex2html</STRONG> <TT>-local_icons -noaddress -dir ../../html userhtml.tex</TT>
<P>
The translation was initiated by Salvatore Filippone on 2017-07-25<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT>
<BR><HR>
<ADDRESS>
Salvatore Filippone
2008-07-23
</ADDRESS>
</BODY>
</HTML>

@ -26,26 +26,26 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html122"
<A NAME="tex2html127"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html118"
<A NAME="tex2html123"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html112"
<A NAME="tex2html117"
HREF="node3.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html120"
<A NAME="tex2html125"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html123"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html128"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html119"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html124"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html113"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html118"
HREF="node3.html">General Overview</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html121"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html126"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ where contact points for further information can be also found.
</FONT></FONT></FONT>
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1">The software is available under a modified BSD license, as specified
in Appendix&nbsp;<A HREF="node26.html#sec:license">A</A>; please note that some of the optional
in Appendix&nbsp;<A HREF="node28.html#sec:license">A</A>; please note that some of the optional
third party libraries may be licensed under a different and more
stringent license, most notably the GPL, and this should be taken into
account when treating derived works.

@ -26,26 +26,26 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html134"
<A NAME="tex2html139"
HREF="node6.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html130"
<A NAME="tex2html135"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html124"
<A NAME="tex2html129"
HREF="node4.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html132"
<A NAME="tex2html137"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html135"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html140"
HREF="node6.html">Prerequisites</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html131"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html136"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html125"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html130"
HREF="node4.html">Code Distribution</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html133"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html138"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
@ -89,40 +89,40 @@ optional software used by MLD2P4 is given in the next sections.
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"><STRONG>Subsections</STRONG></A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html136"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html141"
HREF="node6.html">Prerequisites</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html137"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html142"
HREF="node7.html">Optional third party libraries</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html138"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html143"
HREF="node8.html">Configuration options</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html139"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html144"
HREF="node9.html">Bug reporting</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html140"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html145"
HREF="node10.html">Example and test programs</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html134"
<A NAME="tex2html139"
HREF="node6.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html130"
<A NAME="tex2html135"
HREF="userhtml.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html124"
<A NAME="tex2html129"
HREF="node4.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html132"
<A NAME="tex2html137"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html135"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html140"
HREF="node6.html">Prerequisites</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html131"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html136"
HREF="userhtml.html">userhtml</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html125"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html130"
HREF="node4.html">Code Distribution</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html133"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html138"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -26,26 +26,26 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html151"
<A NAME="tex2html156"
HREF="node7.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html147"
<A NAME="tex2html152"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html141"
<A NAME="tex2html146"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html149"
<A NAME="tex2html154"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html152"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html157"
HREF="node7.html">Optional third party libraries</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html148"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html153"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html142"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html147"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html150"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html155"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ Prerequisites
</FONT></FONT></FONT><DL>
<DT><STRONG>BLAS</STRONG></DT>
<DD>[<A
HREF="node27.html#blas3">11</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#blas2">12</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#blas1">17</A>] Many vendors provide optimized versions
HREF="node29.html#blas3">11</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#blas2">12</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#blas1">17</A>] Many vendors provide optimized versions
of BLAS; if no vendor version is
available for a given platform, the ATLAS software
(<TT><A NAME="tex2html1"
@ -85,15 +85,15 @@ in the make.inc file of the LAPACK library.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>MPI</STRONG></DT>
<DD>[<A
HREF="node27.html#MPI2">16</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#MPI1">22</A>] A version of MPI is available on most
HREF="node29.html#MPI2">16</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#MPI1">22</A>] A version of MPI is available on most
high-performance computing systems.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>PSBLAS</STRONG></DT>
<DD>[<A
HREF="node27.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>,<A
HREF="node27.html#psblas_00">15</A>] Parallel Sparse BLAS (PSBLAS) is
HREF="node29.html#PSBLASGUIDE">13</A>,<A
HREF="node29.html#psblas_00">15</A>] Parallel Sparse BLAS (PSBLAS) is
available from <TT><A NAME="tex2html4"
HREF="www.ce.uniroma2.it/psblas">www.ce.uniroma2.it/psblas</A></TT>; version
3.5.0 (or later) is required. Indeed, all the prerequisites
@ -108,26 +108,26 @@ compiler as MLD2P4.
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html151"
<A NAME="tex2html156"
HREF="node7.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html147"
<A NAME="tex2html152"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html141"
<A NAME="tex2html146"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html149"
<A NAME="tex2html154"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html152"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html157"
HREF="node7.html">Optional third party libraries</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html148"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html153"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html142"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html147"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html150"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html155"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -26,26 +26,26 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html163"
<A NAME="tex2html168"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html159"
<A NAME="tex2html164"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html153"
<A NAME="tex2html158"
HREF="node6.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html161"
<A NAME="tex2html166"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html164"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html169"
HREF="node8.html">Configuration options</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html160"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html165"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html154"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html159"
HREF="node6.html">Prerequisites</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html162"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html167"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ for multi-level preconditioners may change to reflect their presence.
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><DL>
<DT><STRONG>UMFPACK</STRONG></DT>
<DD>[<A
HREF="node27.html#UMFPACK">9</A>]
HREF="node29.html#UMFPACK">9</A>]
A sparse LU factorization package included in the SuiteSparse library, available from
<TT><A NAME="tex2html5"
HREF="faculty.cse.tamu.edu/davis/suitesparse.html">faculty.cse.tamu.edu/davis/suitesparse.html</A></TT>;
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ for multi-level preconditioners may change to reflect their presence.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>MUMPS</STRONG></DT>
<DD>[<A
HREF="node27.html#MUMPS">1</A>]
HREF="node29.html#MUMPS">1</A>]
A sparse LU factorization package available from <TT><A NAME="tex2html6"
HREF="mumps.enseeiht.fr">mumps.enseeiht.fr</A></TT>;
it provides sequential and parallel factorizations and triangular system solution
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ for multi-level preconditioners may change to reflect their presence.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>SuperLU</STRONG></DT>
<DD>[<A
HREF="node27.html#SUPERLU">10</A>]
HREF="node29.html#SUPERLU">10</A>]
A sparse LU factorization package available from
<TT><A NAME="tex2html7"
HREF="crd.lbl.gov/~xiaoye/SuperLU/">crd.lbl.gov/~xiaoye/SuperLU/</A></TT>; it provides sequential
@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ for multi-level preconditioners may change to reflect their presence.
</DD>
<DT><STRONG>SuperLU_Dist</STRONG></DT>
<DD>[<A
HREF="node27.html#SUPERLUDIST">18</A>]
HREF="node29.html#SUPERLUDIST">18</A>]
A sparse LU factorization package available
from the same site as SuperLU; it provides parallel factorization and
triangular system solution for double precision real and complex data.
@ -111,26 +111,26 @@ for multi-level preconditioners may change to reflect their presence.
<P>
<FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html163"
<A NAME="tex2html168"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html159"
<A NAME="tex2html164"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html153"
<A NAME="tex2html158"
HREF="node6.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html161"
<A NAME="tex2html166"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html164"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html169"
HREF="node8.html">Configuration options</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html160"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html165"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html154"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html159"
HREF="node6.html">Prerequisites</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html162"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html167"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -26,26 +26,26 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html175"
<A NAME="tex2html180"
HREF="node9.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html171"
<A NAME="tex2html176"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html165"
<A NAME="tex2html170"
HREF="node7.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html173"
<A NAME="tex2html178"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html176"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html181"
HREF="node9.html">Bug reporting</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html172"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html177"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html166"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html171"
HREF="node7.html">Optional third party libraries</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html174"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html179"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
@ -260,26 +260,26 @@ followed (optionally) by
make install
</PRE><FONT SIZE="+1"><FONT SIZE="+1"></FONT></FONT><HR>
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html175"
<A NAME="tex2html180"
HREF="node9.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html171"
<A NAME="tex2html176"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html165"
<A NAME="tex2html170"
HREF="node7.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html173"
<A NAME="tex2html178"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html176"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html181"
HREF="node9.html">Bug reporting</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html172"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html177"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html166"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html171"
HREF="node7.html">Optional third party libraries</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html174"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html179"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<!--End of Navigation Panel-->

@ -26,26 +26,26 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html187"
<A NAME="tex2html192"
HREF="node10.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html183"
<A NAME="tex2html188"
HREF="node5.html">
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html177"
<A NAME="tex2html182"
HREF="node8.html">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev.png"></A>
<A NAME="tex2html185"
<A NAME="tex2html190"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html188"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html193"
HREF="node10.html">Example and test programs</A>
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html184"
<B> Up:</B> <A NAME="tex2html189"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html178"
<B> Previous:</B> <A NAME="tex2html183"
HREF="node8.html">Configuration options</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html186"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html191"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>

@ -23,18 +23,18 @@ original version by: Nikos Drakos, CBLU, University of Leeds
<BODY >
<!--Navigation Panel-->
<A NAME="tex2html23"
<A NAME="tex2html24"
HREF="node1.html">
<IMG WIDTH="37" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="next" SRC="next.png"></A>
<IMG WIDTH="26" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="up" SRC="up_g.png">
<IMG WIDTH="63" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="previous" SRC="prev_g.png">
<A NAME="tex2html21"
<A NAME="tex2html22"
HREF="node2.html">
<IMG WIDTH="65" HEIGHT="24" ALIGN="BOTTOM" BORDER="0" ALT="contents" SRC="contents.png"></A>
<BR>
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html24"
<B> Next:</B> <A NAME="tex2html25"
HREF="node1.html">Abstract</A>
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html22"
&nbsp; <B> <A NAME="tex2html23"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A></B>
<BR>
<BR>
@ -90,74 +90,78 @@ July 31, 2017
<A NAME="CHILD_LINKS"></A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html25"
HREF="node1.html">Abstract</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html26"
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A>
HREF="node1.html">Abstract</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html27"
HREF="node3.html">General Overview</A>
HREF="node2.html">Contents</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html28"
HREF="node4.html">Code Distribution</A>
HREF="node3.html">General Overview</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html29"
HREF="node4.html">Code Distribution</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
HREF="node5.html">Configuring and Building MLD2P4</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html30"
HREF="node6.html">Prerequisites</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html31"
HREF="node7.html">Optional third party libraries</A>
HREF="node6.html">Prerequisites</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html32"
HREF="node8.html">Configuration options</A>
HREF="node7.html">Optional third party libraries</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html33"
HREF="node9.html">Bug reporting</A>
HREF="node8.html">Configuration options</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html34"
HREF="node9.html">Bug reporting</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
HREF="node10.html">Example and test programs</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html35"
<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
HREF="node11.html">Multigrid Background</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html36"
HREF="node12.html">AMG preconditioners</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html37"
HREF="node13.html">Getting Started</A>
<UL>
HREF="node12.html">AMG preconditioners</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html38"
HREF="node14.html">Examples</A>
HREF="node13.html">Smoothed Aggregation</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
HREF="node14.html">Smoothers and coarsest-level solvers</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html39"
HREF="node15.html">User Interface</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html40"
HREF="node16.html">Subroutine init</A>
HREF="node15.html">Getting Started</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html41"
HREF="node17.html">Subroutine set</A>
HREF="node16.html">Examples</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html42"
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine build</A>
HREF="node17.html">User Interface</A>
<UL>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html43"
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
HREF="node18.html">Subroutine init</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html44"
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
HREF="node19.html">Subroutine set</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html45"
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine apply</A>
HREF="node20.html">Subroutine build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html46"
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine free</A>
HREF="node21.html">Subroutine hierarchy_build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html47"
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine descr</A>
</UL>
<BR>
HREF="node22.html">Subroutine smoothers_build</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html48"
HREF="node24.html">Adding new smoother and solver objects to MLD2P4</A>
HREF="node23.html">Subroutine apply</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html49"
HREF="node25.html">Error Handling</A>
HREF="node24.html">Subroutine free</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html50"
HREF="node26.html">License</A>
HREF="node25.html">Subroutine descr</A>
</UL>
<BR>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html51"
HREF="node27.html">Bibliography</A>
HREF="node26.html">Adding new smoother and solver objects to MLD2P4</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html52"
HREF="node28.html">About this document ...</A>
HREF="node27.html">Error Handling</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html53"
HREF="node28.html">License</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html54"
HREF="node29.html">Bibliography</A>
<LI><A NAME="tex2html55"
HREF="node30.html">About this document ...</A>
</UL>
<!--End of Table of Child-Links-->
<BR><HR>

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
Loading…
Cancel
Save